]> git.saurik.com Git - bison.git/blob - doc/bison.texinfo
* src/Makefile.am (yacc): Quote target action commands properly so
[bison.git] / doc / bison.texinfo
1 \input texinfo @c -*-texinfo-*-
2 @comment %**start of header
3 @setfilename bison.info
4 @include version.texi
5 @settitle Bison @value{VERSION}
6 @setchapternewpage odd
7
8 @finalout
9
10 @c SMALL BOOK version
11 @c This edition has been formatted so that you can format and print it in
12 @c the smallbook format.
13 @c @smallbook
14
15 @c Set following if you want to document %default-prec and %no-default-prec.
16 @c This feature is experimental and may change in future Bison versions.
17 @c @set defaultprec
18
19 @ifnotinfo
20 @syncodeindex fn cp
21 @syncodeindex vr cp
22 @syncodeindex tp cp
23 @end ifnotinfo
24 @ifinfo
25 @synindex fn cp
26 @synindex vr cp
27 @synindex tp cp
28 @end ifinfo
29 @comment %**end of header
30
31 @copying
32
33 This manual is for @acronym{GNU} Bison (version @value{VERSION},
34 @value{UPDATED}), the @acronym{GNU} parser generator.
35
36 Copyright @copyright{} 1988, 1989, 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993, 1995, 1998,
37 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
38
39 @quotation
40 Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
41 under the terms of the @acronym{GNU} Free Documentation License,
42 Version 1.2 or any later version published by the Free Software
43 Foundation; with no Invariant Sections, with the Front-Cover texts
44 being ``A @acronym{GNU} Manual,'' and with the Back-Cover Texts as in
45 (a) below. A copy of the license is included in the section entitled
46 ``@acronym{GNU} Free Documentation License.''
47
48 (a) The @acronym{FSF}'s Back-Cover Text is: ``You have freedom to copy
49 and modify this @acronym{GNU} Manual, like @acronym{GNU} software.
50 Copies published by the Free Software Foundation raise funds for
51 @acronym{GNU} development.''
52 @end quotation
53 @end copying
54
55 @dircategory Software development
56 @direntry
57 * bison: (bison). @acronym{GNU} parser generator (Yacc replacement).
58 @end direntry
59
60 @titlepage
61 @title Bison
62 @subtitle The Yacc-compatible Parser Generator
63 @subtitle @value{UPDATED}, Bison Version @value{VERSION}
64
65 @author by Charles Donnelly and Richard Stallman
66
67 @page
68 @vskip 0pt plus 1filll
69 @insertcopying
70 @sp 2
71 Published by the Free Software Foundation @*
72 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor @*
73 Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA @*
74 Printed copies are available from the Free Software Foundation.@*
75 @acronym{ISBN} 1-882114-44-2
76 @sp 2
77 Cover art by Etienne Suvasa.
78 @end titlepage
79
80 @contents
81
82 @ifnottex
83 @node Top
84 @top Bison
85 @insertcopying
86 @end ifnottex
87
88 @menu
89 * Introduction::
90 * Conditions::
91 * Copying:: The @acronym{GNU} General Public License says
92 how you can copy and share Bison
93
94 Tutorial sections:
95 * Concepts:: Basic concepts for understanding Bison.
96 * Examples:: Three simple explained examples of using Bison.
97
98 Reference sections:
99 * Grammar File:: Writing Bison declarations and rules.
100 * Interface:: C-language interface to the parser function @code{yyparse}.
101 * Algorithm:: How the Bison parser works at run-time.
102 * Error Recovery:: Writing rules for error recovery.
103 * Context Dependency:: What to do if your language syntax is too
104 messy for Bison to handle straightforwardly.
105 * Debugging:: Understanding or debugging Bison parsers.
106 * Invocation:: How to run Bison (to produce the parser source file).
107 * Other Languages:: Creating C++ and Java parsers.
108 * FAQ:: Frequently Asked Questions
109 * Table of Symbols:: All the keywords of the Bison language are explained.
110 * Glossary:: Basic concepts are explained.
111 * Copying This Manual:: License for copying this manual.
112 * Index:: Cross-references to the text.
113
114 @detailmenu
115 --- The Detailed Node Listing ---
116
117 The Concepts of Bison
118
119 * Language and Grammar:: Languages and context-free grammars,
120 as mathematical ideas.
121 * Grammar in Bison:: How we represent grammars for Bison's sake.
122 * Semantic Values:: Each token or syntactic grouping can have
123 a semantic value (the value of an integer,
124 the name of an identifier, etc.).
125 * Semantic Actions:: Each rule can have an action containing C code.
126 * GLR Parsers:: Writing parsers for general context-free languages.
127 * Locations Overview:: Tracking Locations.
128 * Bison Parser:: What are Bison's input and output,
129 how is the output used?
130 * Stages:: Stages in writing and running Bison grammars.
131 * Grammar Layout:: Overall structure of a Bison grammar file.
132
133 Writing @acronym{GLR} Parsers
134
135 * Simple GLR Parsers:: Using @acronym{GLR} parsers on unambiguous grammars.
136 * Merging GLR Parses:: Using @acronym{GLR} parsers to resolve ambiguities.
137 * GLR Semantic Actions:: Deferred semantic actions have special concerns.
138 * Compiler Requirements:: @acronym{GLR} parsers require a modern C compiler.
139
140 Examples
141
142 * RPN Calc:: Reverse polish notation calculator;
143 a first example with no operator precedence.
144 * Infix Calc:: Infix (algebraic) notation calculator.
145 Operator precedence is introduced.
146 * Simple Error Recovery:: Continuing after syntax errors.
147 * Location Tracking Calc:: Demonstrating the use of @@@var{n} and @@$.
148 * Multi-function Calc:: Calculator with memory and trig functions.
149 It uses multiple data-types for semantic values.
150 * Exercises:: Ideas for improving the multi-function calculator.
151
152 Reverse Polish Notation Calculator
153
154 * Decls: Rpcalc Decls. Prologue (declarations) for rpcalc.
155 * Rules: Rpcalc Rules. Grammar Rules for rpcalc, with explanation.
156 * Lexer: Rpcalc Lexer. The lexical analyzer.
157 * Main: Rpcalc Main. The controlling function.
158 * Error: Rpcalc Error. The error reporting function.
159 * Gen: Rpcalc Gen. Running Bison on the grammar file.
160 * Comp: Rpcalc Compile. Run the C compiler on the output code.
161
162 Grammar Rules for @code{rpcalc}
163
164 * Rpcalc Input::
165 * Rpcalc Line::
166 * Rpcalc Expr::
167
168 Location Tracking Calculator: @code{ltcalc}
169
170 * Decls: Ltcalc Decls. Bison and C declarations for ltcalc.
171 * Rules: Ltcalc Rules. Grammar rules for ltcalc, with explanations.
172 * Lexer: Ltcalc Lexer. The lexical analyzer.
173
174 Multi-Function Calculator: @code{mfcalc}
175
176 * Decl: Mfcalc Decl. Bison declarations for multi-function calculator.
177 * Rules: Mfcalc Rules. Grammar rules for the calculator.
178 * Symtab: Mfcalc Symtab. Symbol table management subroutines.
179
180 Bison Grammar Files
181
182 * Grammar Outline:: Overall layout of the grammar file.
183 * Symbols:: Terminal and nonterminal symbols.
184 * Rules:: How to write grammar rules.
185 * Recursion:: Writing recursive rules.
186 * Semantics:: Semantic values and actions.
187 * Locations:: Locations and actions.
188 * Declarations:: All kinds of Bison declarations are described here.
189 * Multiple Parsers:: Putting more than one Bison parser in one program.
190
191 Outline of a Bison Grammar
192
193 * Prologue:: Syntax and usage of the prologue.
194 * Prologue Alternatives:: Syntax and usage of alternatives to the prologue.
195 * Bison Declarations:: Syntax and usage of the Bison declarations section.
196 * Grammar Rules:: Syntax and usage of the grammar rules section.
197 * Epilogue:: Syntax and usage of the epilogue.
198
199 Defining Language Semantics
200
201 * Value Type:: Specifying one data type for all semantic values.
202 * Multiple Types:: Specifying several alternative data types.
203 * Actions:: An action is the semantic definition of a grammar rule.
204 * Action Types:: Specifying data types for actions to operate on.
205 * Mid-Rule Actions:: Most actions go at the end of a rule.
206 This says when, why and how to use the exceptional
207 action in the middle of a rule.
208
209 Tracking Locations
210
211 * Location Type:: Specifying a data type for locations.
212 * Actions and Locations:: Using locations in actions.
213 * Location Default Action:: Defining a general way to compute locations.
214
215 Bison Declarations
216
217 * Require Decl:: Requiring a Bison version.
218 * Token Decl:: Declaring terminal symbols.
219 * Precedence Decl:: Declaring terminals with precedence and associativity.
220 * Union Decl:: Declaring the set of all semantic value types.
221 * Type Decl:: Declaring the choice of type for a nonterminal symbol.
222 * Initial Action Decl:: Code run before parsing starts.
223 * Destructor Decl:: Declaring how symbols are freed.
224 * Expect Decl:: Suppressing warnings about parsing conflicts.
225 * Start Decl:: Specifying the start symbol.
226 * Pure Decl:: Requesting a reentrant parser.
227 * Decl Summary:: Table of all Bison declarations.
228
229 Parser C-Language Interface
230
231 * Parser Function:: How to call @code{yyparse} and what it returns.
232 * Lexical:: You must supply a function @code{yylex}
233 which reads tokens.
234 * Error Reporting:: You must supply a function @code{yyerror}.
235 * Action Features:: Special features for use in actions.
236 * Internationalization:: How to let the parser speak in the user's
237 native language.
238
239 The Lexical Analyzer Function @code{yylex}
240
241 * Calling Convention:: How @code{yyparse} calls @code{yylex}.
242 * Token Values:: How @code{yylex} must return the semantic value
243 of the token it has read.
244 * Token Locations:: How @code{yylex} must return the text location
245 (line number, etc.) of the token, if the
246 actions want that.
247 * Pure Calling:: How the calling convention differs
248 in a pure parser (@pxref{Pure Decl, ,A Pure (Reentrant) Parser}).
249
250 The Bison Parser Algorithm
251
252 * Lookahead:: Parser looks one token ahead when deciding what to do.
253 * Shift/Reduce:: Conflicts: when either shifting or reduction is valid.
254 * Precedence:: Operator precedence works by resolving conflicts.
255 * Contextual Precedence:: When an operator's precedence depends on context.
256 * Parser States:: The parser is a finite-state-machine with stack.
257 * Reduce/Reduce:: When two rules are applicable in the same situation.
258 * Mystery Conflicts:: Reduce/reduce conflicts that look unjustified.
259 * Generalized LR Parsing:: Parsing arbitrary context-free grammars.
260 * Memory Management:: What happens when memory is exhausted. How to avoid it.
261
262 Operator Precedence
263
264 * Why Precedence:: An example showing why precedence is needed.
265 * Using Precedence:: How to specify precedence in Bison grammars.
266 * Precedence Examples:: How these features are used in the previous example.
267 * How Precedence:: How they work.
268
269 Handling Context Dependencies
270
271 * Semantic Tokens:: Token parsing can depend on the semantic context.
272 * Lexical Tie-ins:: Token parsing can depend on the syntactic context.
273 * Tie-in Recovery:: Lexical tie-ins have implications for how
274 error recovery rules must be written.
275
276 Debugging Your Parser
277
278 * Understanding:: Understanding the structure of your parser.
279 * Tracing:: Tracing the execution of your parser.
280
281 Invoking Bison
282
283 * Bison Options:: All the options described in detail,
284 in alphabetical order by short options.
285 * Option Cross Key:: Alphabetical list of long options.
286 * Yacc Library:: Yacc-compatible @code{yylex} and @code{main}.
287
288 Parsers Written In Other Languages
289
290 * C++ Parsers:: The interface to generate C++ parser classes
291 * Java Parsers:: The interface to generate Java parser classes
292
293 C++ Parsers
294
295 * C++ Bison Interface:: Asking for C++ parser generation
296 * C++ Semantic Values:: %union vs. C++
297 * C++ Location Values:: The position and location classes
298 * C++ Parser Interface:: Instantiating and running the parser
299 * C++ Scanner Interface:: Exchanges between yylex and parse
300 * A Complete C++ Example:: Demonstrating their use
301
302 A Complete C++ Example
303
304 * Calc++ --- C++ Calculator:: The specifications
305 * Calc++ Parsing Driver:: An active parsing context
306 * Calc++ Parser:: A parser class
307 * Calc++ Scanner:: A pure C++ Flex scanner
308 * Calc++ Top Level:: Conducting the band
309
310 Java Parsers
311
312 * Java Bison Interface:: Asking for Java parser generation
313 * Java Semantic Values:: %type and %token vs. Java
314 * Java Location Values:: The position and location classes
315 * Java Parser Interface:: Instantiating and running the parser
316 * Java Scanner Interface:: Java scanners, and pure parsers
317 * Java Differences:: Differences between C/C++ and Java Grammars
318
319 Frequently Asked Questions
320
321 * Memory Exhausted:: Breaking the Stack Limits
322 * How Can I Reset the Parser:: @code{yyparse} Keeps some State
323 * Strings are Destroyed:: @code{yylval} Loses Track of Strings
324 * Implementing Gotos/Loops:: Control Flow in the Calculator
325 * Multiple start-symbols:: Factoring closely related grammars
326 * Secure? Conform?:: Is Bison @acronym{POSIX} safe?
327 * I can't build Bison:: Troubleshooting
328 * Where can I find help?:: Troubleshouting
329 * Bug Reports:: Troublereporting
330 * Other Languages:: Parsers in Java and others
331 * Beta Testing:: Experimenting development versions
332 * Mailing Lists:: Meeting other Bison users
333
334 Copying This Manual
335
336 * GNU Free Documentation License:: License for copying this manual.
337
338 @end detailmenu
339 @end menu
340
341 @node Introduction
342 @unnumbered Introduction
343 @cindex introduction
344
345 @dfn{Bison} is a general-purpose parser generator that converts an
346 annotated context-free grammar into an @acronym{LALR}(1) or
347 @acronym{GLR} parser for that grammar. Once you are proficient with
348 Bison, you can use it to develop a wide range of language parsers, from those
349 used in simple desk calculators to complex programming languages.
350
351 Bison is upward compatible with Yacc: all properly-written Yacc grammars
352 ought to work with Bison with no change. Anyone familiar with Yacc
353 should be able to use Bison with little trouble. You need to be fluent in
354 C or C++ programming in order to use Bison or to understand this manual.
355
356 We begin with tutorial chapters that explain the basic concepts of using
357 Bison and show three explained examples, each building on the last. If you
358 don't know Bison or Yacc, start by reading these chapters. Reference
359 chapters follow which describe specific aspects of Bison in detail.
360
361 Bison was written primarily by Robert Corbett; Richard Stallman made it
362 Yacc-compatible. Wilfred Hansen of Carnegie Mellon University added
363 multi-character string literals and other features.
364
365 This edition corresponds to version @value{VERSION} of Bison.
366
367 @node Conditions
368 @unnumbered Conditions for Using Bison
369
370 The distribution terms for Bison-generated parsers permit using the
371 parsers in nonfree programs. Before Bison version 2.2, these extra
372 permissions applied only when Bison was generating @acronym{LALR}(1)
373 parsers in C@. And before Bison version 1.24, Bison-generated
374 parsers could be used only in programs that were free software.
375
376 The other @acronym{GNU} programming tools, such as the @acronym{GNU} C
377 compiler, have never
378 had such a requirement. They could always be used for nonfree
379 software. The reason Bison was different was not due to a special
380 policy decision; it resulted from applying the usual General Public
381 License to all of the Bison source code.
382
383 The output of the Bison utility---the Bison parser file---contains a
384 verbatim copy of a sizable piece of Bison, which is the code for the
385 parser's implementation. (The actions from your grammar are inserted
386 into this implementation at one point, but most of the rest of the
387 implementation is not changed.) When we applied the @acronym{GPL}
388 terms to the skeleton code for the parser's implementation,
389 the effect was to restrict the use of Bison output to free software.
390
391 We didn't change the terms because of sympathy for people who want to
392 make software proprietary. @strong{Software should be free.} But we
393 concluded that limiting Bison's use to free software was doing little to
394 encourage people to make other software free. So we decided to make the
395 practical conditions for using Bison match the practical conditions for
396 using the other @acronym{GNU} tools.
397
398 This exception applies when Bison is generating code for a parser.
399 You can tell whether the exception applies to a Bison output file by
400 inspecting the file for text beginning with ``As a special
401 exception@dots{}''. The text spells out the exact terms of the
402 exception.
403
404 @include gpl.texi
405
406 @node Concepts
407 @chapter The Concepts of Bison
408
409 This chapter introduces many of the basic concepts without which the
410 details of Bison will not make sense. If you do not already know how to
411 use Bison or Yacc, we suggest you start by reading this chapter carefully.
412
413 @menu
414 * Language and Grammar:: Languages and context-free grammars,
415 as mathematical ideas.
416 * Grammar in Bison:: How we represent grammars for Bison's sake.
417 * Semantic Values:: Each token or syntactic grouping can have
418 a semantic value (the value of an integer,
419 the name of an identifier, etc.).
420 * Semantic Actions:: Each rule can have an action containing C code.
421 * GLR Parsers:: Writing parsers for general context-free languages.
422 * Locations Overview:: Tracking Locations.
423 * Bison Parser:: What are Bison's input and output,
424 how is the output used?
425 * Stages:: Stages in writing and running Bison grammars.
426 * Grammar Layout:: Overall structure of a Bison grammar file.
427 @end menu
428
429 @node Language and Grammar
430 @section Languages and Context-Free Grammars
431
432 @cindex context-free grammar
433 @cindex grammar, context-free
434 In order for Bison to parse a language, it must be described by a
435 @dfn{context-free grammar}. This means that you specify one or more
436 @dfn{syntactic groupings} and give rules for constructing them from their
437 parts. For example, in the C language, one kind of grouping is called an
438 `expression'. One rule for making an expression might be, ``An expression
439 can be made of a minus sign and another expression''. Another would be,
440 ``An expression can be an integer''. As you can see, rules are often
441 recursive, but there must be at least one rule which leads out of the
442 recursion.
443
444 @cindex @acronym{BNF}
445 @cindex Backus-Naur form
446 The most common formal system for presenting such rules for humans to read
447 is @dfn{Backus-Naur Form} or ``@acronym{BNF}'', which was developed in
448 order to specify the language Algol 60. Any grammar expressed in
449 @acronym{BNF} is a context-free grammar. The input to Bison is
450 essentially machine-readable @acronym{BNF}.
451
452 @cindex @acronym{LALR}(1) grammars
453 @cindex @acronym{LR}(1) grammars
454 There are various important subclasses of context-free grammar. Although it
455 can handle almost all context-free grammars, Bison is optimized for what
456 are called @acronym{LALR}(1) grammars.
457 In brief, in these grammars, it must be possible to
458 tell how to parse any portion of an input string with just a single
459 token of lookahead. Strictly speaking, that is a description of an
460 @acronym{LR}(1) grammar, and @acronym{LALR}(1) involves additional
461 restrictions that are
462 hard to explain simply; but it is rare in actual practice to find an
463 @acronym{LR}(1) grammar that fails to be @acronym{LALR}(1).
464 @xref{Mystery Conflicts, ,Mysterious Reduce/Reduce Conflicts}, for
465 more information on this.
466
467 @cindex @acronym{GLR} parsing
468 @cindex generalized @acronym{LR} (@acronym{GLR}) parsing
469 @cindex ambiguous grammars
470 @cindex nondeterministic parsing
471
472 Parsers for @acronym{LALR}(1) grammars are @dfn{deterministic}, meaning
473 roughly that the next grammar rule to apply at any point in the input is
474 uniquely determined by the preceding input and a fixed, finite portion
475 (called a @dfn{lookahead}) of the remaining input. A context-free
476 grammar can be @dfn{ambiguous}, meaning that there are multiple ways to
477 apply the grammar rules to get the same inputs. Even unambiguous
478 grammars can be @dfn{nondeterministic}, meaning that no fixed
479 lookahead always suffices to determine the next grammar rule to apply.
480 With the proper declarations, Bison is also able to parse these more
481 general context-free grammars, using a technique known as @acronym{GLR}
482 parsing (for Generalized @acronym{LR}). Bison's @acronym{GLR} parsers
483 are able to handle any context-free grammar for which the number of
484 possible parses of any given string is finite.
485
486 @cindex symbols (abstract)
487 @cindex token
488 @cindex syntactic grouping
489 @cindex grouping, syntactic
490 In the formal grammatical rules for a language, each kind of syntactic
491 unit or grouping is named by a @dfn{symbol}. Those which are built by
492 grouping smaller constructs according to grammatical rules are called
493 @dfn{nonterminal symbols}; those which can't be subdivided are called
494 @dfn{terminal symbols} or @dfn{token types}. We call a piece of input
495 corresponding to a single terminal symbol a @dfn{token}, and a piece
496 corresponding to a single nonterminal symbol a @dfn{grouping}.
497
498 We can use the C language as an example of what symbols, terminal and
499 nonterminal, mean. The tokens of C are identifiers, constants (numeric
500 and string), and the various keywords, arithmetic operators and
501 punctuation marks. So the terminal symbols of a grammar for C include
502 `identifier', `number', `string', plus one symbol for each keyword,
503 operator or punctuation mark: `if', `return', `const', `static', `int',
504 `char', `plus-sign', `open-brace', `close-brace', `comma' and many more.
505 (These tokens can be subdivided into characters, but that is a matter of
506 lexicography, not grammar.)
507
508 Here is a simple C function subdivided into tokens:
509
510 @ifinfo
511 @example
512 int /* @r{keyword `int'} */
513 square (int x) /* @r{identifier, open-paren, keyword `int',}
514 @r{identifier, close-paren} */
515 @{ /* @r{open-brace} */
516 return x * x; /* @r{keyword `return', identifier, asterisk,}
517 @r{identifier, semicolon} */
518 @} /* @r{close-brace} */
519 @end example
520 @end ifinfo
521 @ifnotinfo
522 @example
523 int /* @r{keyword `int'} */
524 square (int x) /* @r{identifier, open-paren, keyword `int', identifier, close-paren} */
525 @{ /* @r{open-brace} */
526 return x * x; /* @r{keyword `return', identifier, asterisk, identifier, semicolon} */
527 @} /* @r{close-brace} */
528 @end example
529 @end ifnotinfo
530
531 The syntactic groupings of C include the expression, the statement, the
532 declaration, and the function definition. These are represented in the
533 grammar of C by nonterminal symbols `expression', `statement',
534 `declaration' and `function definition'. The full grammar uses dozens of
535 additional language constructs, each with its own nonterminal symbol, in
536 order to express the meanings of these four. The example above is a
537 function definition; it contains one declaration, and one statement. In
538 the statement, each @samp{x} is an expression and so is @samp{x * x}.
539
540 Each nonterminal symbol must have grammatical rules showing how it is made
541 out of simpler constructs. For example, one kind of C statement is the
542 @code{return} statement; this would be described with a grammar rule which
543 reads informally as follows:
544
545 @quotation
546 A `statement' can be made of a `return' keyword, an `expression' and a
547 `semicolon'.
548 @end quotation
549
550 @noindent
551 There would be many other rules for `statement', one for each kind of
552 statement in C.
553
554 @cindex start symbol
555 One nonterminal symbol must be distinguished as the special one which
556 defines a complete utterance in the language. It is called the @dfn{start
557 symbol}. In a compiler, this means a complete input program. In the C
558 language, the nonterminal symbol `sequence of definitions and declarations'
559 plays this role.
560
561 For example, @samp{1 + 2} is a valid C expression---a valid part of a C
562 program---but it is not valid as an @emph{entire} C program. In the
563 context-free grammar of C, this follows from the fact that `expression' is
564 not the start symbol.
565
566 The Bison parser reads a sequence of tokens as its input, and groups the
567 tokens using the grammar rules. If the input is valid, the end result is
568 that the entire token sequence reduces to a single grouping whose symbol is
569 the grammar's start symbol. If we use a grammar for C, the entire input
570 must be a `sequence of definitions and declarations'. If not, the parser
571 reports a syntax error.
572
573 @node Grammar in Bison
574 @section From Formal Rules to Bison Input
575 @cindex Bison grammar
576 @cindex grammar, Bison
577 @cindex formal grammar
578
579 A formal grammar is a mathematical construct. To define the language
580 for Bison, you must write a file expressing the grammar in Bison syntax:
581 a @dfn{Bison grammar} file. @xref{Grammar File, ,Bison Grammar Files}.
582
583 A nonterminal symbol in the formal grammar is represented in Bison input
584 as an identifier, like an identifier in C@. By convention, it should be
585 in lower case, such as @code{expr}, @code{stmt} or @code{declaration}.
586
587 The Bison representation for a terminal symbol is also called a @dfn{token
588 type}. Token types as well can be represented as C-like identifiers. By
589 convention, these identifiers should be upper case to distinguish them from
590 nonterminals: for example, @code{INTEGER}, @code{IDENTIFIER}, @code{IF} or
591 @code{RETURN}. A terminal symbol that stands for a particular keyword in
592 the language should be named after that keyword converted to upper case.
593 The terminal symbol @code{error} is reserved for error recovery.
594 @xref{Symbols}.
595
596 A terminal symbol can also be represented as a character literal, just like
597 a C character constant. You should do this whenever a token is just a
598 single character (parenthesis, plus-sign, etc.): use that same character in
599 a literal as the terminal symbol for that token.
600
601 A third way to represent a terminal symbol is with a C string constant
602 containing several characters. @xref{Symbols}, for more information.
603
604 The grammar rules also have an expression in Bison syntax. For example,
605 here is the Bison rule for a C @code{return} statement. The semicolon in
606 quotes is a literal character token, representing part of the C syntax for
607 the statement; the naked semicolon, and the colon, are Bison punctuation
608 used in every rule.
609
610 @example
611 stmt: RETURN expr ';'
612 ;
613 @end example
614
615 @noindent
616 @xref{Rules, ,Syntax of Grammar Rules}.
617
618 @node Semantic Values
619 @section Semantic Values
620 @cindex semantic value
621 @cindex value, semantic
622
623 A formal grammar selects tokens only by their classifications: for example,
624 if a rule mentions the terminal symbol `integer constant', it means that
625 @emph{any} integer constant is grammatically valid in that position. The
626 precise value of the constant is irrelevant to how to parse the input: if
627 @samp{x+4} is grammatical then @samp{x+1} or @samp{x+3989} is equally
628 grammatical.
629
630 But the precise value is very important for what the input means once it is
631 parsed. A compiler is useless if it fails to distinguish between 4, 1 and
632 3989 as constants in the program! Therefore, each token in a Bison grammar
633 has both a token type and a @dfn{semantic value}. @xref{Semantics,
634 ,Defining Language Semantics},
635 for details.
636
637 The token type is a terminal symbol defined in the grammar, such as
638 @code{INTEGER}, @code{IDENTIFIER} or @code{','}. It tells everything
639 you need to know to decide where the token may validly appear and how to
640 group it with other tokens. The grammar rules know nothing about tokens
641 except their types.
642
643 The semantic value has all the rest of the information about the
644 meaning of the token, such as the value of an integer, or the name of an
645 identifier. (A token such as @code{','} which is just punctuation doesn't
646 need to have any semantic value.)
647
648 For example, an input token might be classified as token type
649 @code{INTEGER} and have the semantic value 4. Another input token might
650 have the same token type @code{INTEGER} but value 3989. When a grammar
651 rule says that @code{INTEGER} is allowed, either of these tokens is
652 acceptable because each is an @code{INTEGER}. When the parser accepts the
653 token, it keeps track of the token's semantic value.
654
655 Each grouping can also have a semantic value as well as its nonterminal
656 symbol. For example, in a calculator, an expression typically has a
657 semantic value that is a number. In a compiler for a programming
658 language, an expression typically has a semantic value that is a tree
659 structure describing the meaning of the expression.
660
661 @node Semantic Actions
662 @section Semantic Actions
663 @cindex semantic actions
664 @cindex actions, semantic
665
666 In order to be useful, a program must do more than parse input; it must
667 also produce some output based on the input. In a Bison grammar, a grammar
668 rule can have an @dfn{action} made up of C statements. Each time the
669 parser recognizes a match for that rule, the action is executed.
670 @xref{Actions}.
671
672 Most of the time, the purpose of an action is to compute the semantic value
673 of the whole construct from the semantic values of its parts. For example,
674 suppose we have a rule which says an expression can be the sum of two
675 expressions. When the parser recognizes such a sum, each of the
676 subexpressions has a semantic value which describes how it was built up.
677 The action for this rule should create a similar sort of value for the
678 newly recognized larger expression.
679
680 For example, here is a rule that says an expression can be the sum of
681 two subexpressions:
682
683 @example
684 expr: expr '+' expr @{ $$ = $1 + $3; @}
685 ;
686 @end example
687
688 @noindent
689 The action says how to produce the semantic value of the sum expression
690 from the values of the two subexpressions.
691
692 @node GLR Parsers
693 @section Writing @acronym{GLR} Parsers
694 @cindex @acronym{GLR} parsing
695 @cindex generalized @acronym{LR} (@acronym{GLR}) parsing
696 @findex %glr-parser
697 @cindex conflicts
698 @cindex shift/reduce conflicts
699 @cindex reduce/reduce conflicts
700
701 In some grammars, Bison's standard
702 @acronym{LALR}(1) parsing algorithm cannot decide whether to apply a
703 certain grammar rule at a given point. That is, it may not be able to
704 decide (on the basis of the input read so far) which of two possible
705 reductions (applications of a grammar rule) applies, or whether to apply
706 a reduction or read more of the input and apply a reduction later in the
707 input. These are known respectively as @dfn{reduce/reduce} conflicts
708 (@pxref{Reduce/Reduce}), and @dfn{shift/reduce} conflicts
709 (@pxref{Shift/Reduce}).
710
711 To use a grammar that is not easily modified to be @acronym{LALR}(1), a
712 more general parsing algorithm is sometimes necessary. If you include
713 @code{%glr-parser} among the Bison declarations in your file
714 (@pxref{Grammar Outline}), the result is a Generalized @acronym{LR}
715 (@acronym{GLR}) parser. These parsers handle Bison grammars that
716 contain no unresolved conflicts (i.e., after applying precedence
717 declarations) identically to @acronym{LALR}(1) parsers. However, when
718 faced with unresolved shift/reduce and reduce/reduce conflicts,
719 @acronym{GLR} parsers use the simple expedient of doing both,
720 effectively cloning the parser to follow both possibilities. Each of
721 the resulting parsers can again split, so that at any given time, there
722 can be any number of possible parses being explored. The parsers
723 proceed in lockstep; that is, all of them consume (shift) a given input
724 symbol before any of them proceed to the next. Each of the cloned
725 parsers eventually meets one of two possible fates: either it runs into
726 a parsing error, in which case it simply vanishes, or it merges with
727 another parser, because the two of them have reduced the input to an
728 identical set of symbols.
729
730 During the time that there are multiple parsers, semantic actions are
731 recorded, but not performed. When a parser disappears, its recorded
732 semantic actions disappear as well, and are never performed. When a
733 reduction makes two parsers identical, causing them to merge, Bison
734 records both sets of semantic actions. Whenever the last two parsers
735 merge, reverting to the single-parser case, Bison resolves all the
736 outstanding actions either by precedences given to the grammar rules
737 involved, or by performing both actions, and then calling a designated
738 user-defined function on the resulting values to produce an arbitrary
739 merged result.
740
741 @menu
742 * Simple GLR Parsers:: Using @acronym{GLR} parsers on unambiguous grammars.
743 * Merging GLR Parses:: Using @acronym{GLR} parsers to resolve ambiguities.
744 * GLR Semantic Actions:: Deferred semantic actions have special concerns.
745 * Compiler Requirements:: @acronym{GLR} parsers require a modern C compiler.
746 @end menu
747
748 @node Simple GLR Parsers
749 @subsection Using @acronym{GLR} on Unambiguous Grammars
750 @cindex @acronym{GLR} parsing, unambiguous grammars
751 @cindex generalized @acronym{LR} (@acronym{GLR}) parsing, unambiguous grammars
752 @findex %glr-parser
753 @findex %expect-rr
754 @cindex conflicts
755 @cindex reduce/reduce conflicts
756 @cindex shift/reduce conflicts
757
758 In the simplest cases, you can use the @acronym{GLR} algorithm
759 to parse grammars that are unambiguous, but fail to be @acronym{LALR}(1).
760 Such grammars typically require more than one symbol of lookahead,
761 or (in rare cases) fall into the category of grammars in which the
762 @acronym{LALR}(1) algorithm throws away too much information (they are in
763 @acronym{LR}(1), but not @acronym{LALR}(1), @ref{Mystery Conflicts}).
764
765 Consider a problem that
766 arises in the declaration of enumerated and subrange types in the
767 programming language Pascal. Here are some examples:
768
769 @example
770 type subrange = lo .. hi;
771 type enum = (a, b, c);
772 @end example
773
774 @noindent
775 The original language standard allows only numeric
776 literals and constant identifiers for the subrange bounds (@samp{lo}
777 and @samp{hi}), but Extended Pascal (@acronym{ISO}/@acronym{IEC}
778 10206) and many other
779 Pascal implementations allow arbitrary expressions there. This gives
780 rise to the following situation, containing a superfluous pair of
781 parentheses:
782
783 @example
784 type subrange = (a) .. b;
785 @end example
786
787 @noindent
788 Compare this to the following declaration of an enumerated
789 type with only one value:
790
791 @example
792 type enum = (a);
793 @end example
794
795 @noindent
796 (These declarations are contrived, but they are syntactically
797 valid, and more-complicated cases can come up in practical programs.)
798
799 These two declarations look identical until the @samp{..} token.
800 With normal @acronym{LALR}(1) one-token lookahead it is not
801 possible to decide between the two forms when the identifier
802 @samp{a} is parsed. It is, however, desirable
803 for a parser to decide this, since in the latter case
804 @samp{a} must become a new identifier to represent the enumeration
805 value, while in the former case @samp{a} must be evaluated with its
806 current meaning, which may be a constant or even a function call.
807
808 You could parse @samp{(a)} as an ``unspecified identifier in parentheses'',
809 to be resolved later, but this typically requires substantial
810 contortions in both semantic actions and large parts of the
811 grammar, where the parentheses are nested in the recursive rules for
812 expressions.
813
814 You might think of using the lexer to distinguish between the two
815 forms by returning different tokens for currently defined and
816 undefined identifiers. But if these declarations occur in a local
817 scope, and @samp{a} is defined in an outer scope, then both forms
818 are possible---either locally redefining @samp{a}, or using the
819 value of @samp{a} from the outer scope. So this approach cannot
820 work.
821
822 A simple solution to this problem is to declare the parser to
823 use the @acronym{GLR} algorithm.
824 When the @acronym{GLR} parser reaches the critical state, it
825 merely splits into two branches and pursues both syntax rules
826 simultaneously. Sooner or later, one of them runs into a parsing
827 error. If there is a @samp{..} token before the next
828 @samp{;}, the rule for enumerated types fails since it cannot
829 accept @samp{..} anywhere; otherwise, the subrange type rule
830 fails since it requires a @samp{..} token. So one of the branches
831 fails silently, and the other one continues normally, performing
832 all the intermediate actions that were postponed during the split.
833
834 If the input is syntactically incorrect, both branches fail and the parser
835 reports a syntax error as usual.
836
837 The effect of all this is that the parser seems to ``guess'' the
838 correct branch to take, or in other words, it seems to use more
839 lookahead than the underlying @acronym{LALR}(1) algorithm actually allows
840 for. In this example, @acronym{LALR}(2) would suffice, but also some cases
841 that are not @acronym{LALR}(@math{k}) for any @math{k} can be handled this way.
842
843 In general, a @acronym{GLR} parser can take quadratic or cubic worst-case time,
844 and the current Bison parser even takes exponential time and space
845 for some grammars. In practice, this rarely happens, and for many
846 grammars it is possible to prove that it cannot happen.
847 The present example contains only one conflict between two
848 rules, and the type-declaration context containing the conflict
849 cannot be nested. So the number of
850 branches that can exist at any time is limited by the constant 2,
851 and the parsing time is still linear.
852
853 Here is a Bison grammar corresponding to the example above. It
854 parses a vastly simplified form of Pascal type declarations.
855
856 @example
857 %token TYPE DOTDOT ID
858
859 @group
860 %left '+' '-'
861 %left '*' '/'
862 @end group
863
864 %%
865
866 @group
867 type_decl : TYPE ID '=' type ';'
868 ;
869 @end group
870
871 @group
872 type : '(' id_list ')'
873 | expr DOTDOT expr
874 ;
875 @end group
876
877 @group
878 id_list : ID
879 | id_list ',' ID
880 ;
881 @end group
882
883 @group
884 expr : '(' expr ')'
885 | expr '+' expr
886 | expr '-' expr
887 | expr '*' expr
888 | expr '/' expr
889 | ID
890 ;
891 @end group
892 @end example
893
894 When used as a normal @acronym{LALR}(1) grammar, Bison correctly complains
895 about one reduce/reduce conflict. In the conflicting situation the
896 parser chooses one of the alternatives, arbitrarily the one
897 declared first. Therefore the following correct input is not
898 recognized:
899
900 @example
901 type t = (a) .. b;
902 @end example
903
904 The parser can be turned into a @acronym{GLR} parser, while also telling Bison
905 to be silent about the one known reduce/reduce conflict, by
906 adding these two declarations to the Bison input file (before the first
907 @samp{%%}):
908
909 @example
910 %glr-parser
911 %expect-rr 1
912 @end example
913
914 @noindent
915 No change in the grammar itself is required. Now the
916 parser recognizes all valid declarations, according to the
917 limited syntax above, transparently. In fact, the user does not even
918 notice when the parser splits.
919
920 So here we have a case where we can use the benefits of @acronym{GLR},
921 almost without disadvantages. Even in simple cases like this, however,
922 there are at least two potential problems to beware. First, always
923 analyze the conflicts reported by Bison to make sure that @acronym{GLR}
924 splitting is only done where it is intended. A @acronym{GLR} parser
925 splitting inadvertently may cause problems less obvious than an
926 @acronym{LALR} parser statically choosing the wrong alternative in a
927 conflict. Second, consider interactions with the lexer (@pxref{Semantic
928 Tokens}) with great care. Since a split parser consumes tokens without
929 performing any actions during the split, the lexer cannot obtain
930 information via parser actions. Some cases of lexer interactions can be
931 eliminated by using @acronym{GLR} to shift the complications from the
932 lexer to the parser. You must check the remaining cases for
933 correctness.
934
935 In our example, it would be safe for the lexer to return tokens based on
936 their current meanings in some symbol table, because no new symbols are
937 defined in the middle of a type declaration. Though it is possible for
938 a parser to define the enumeration constants as they are parsed, before
939 the type declaration is completed, it actually makes no difference since
940 they cannot be used within the same enumerated type declaration.
941
942 @node Merging GLR Parses
943 @subsection Using @acronym{GLR} to Resolve Ambiguities
944 @cindex @acronym{GLR} parsing, ambiguous grammars
945 @cindex generalized @acronym{LR} (@acronym{GLR}) parsing, ambiguous grammars
946 @findex %dprec
947 @findex %merge
948 @cindex conflicts
949 @cindex reduce/reduce conflicts
950
951 Let's consider an example, vastly simplified from a C++ grammar.
952
953 @example
954 %@{
955 #include <stdio.h>
956 #define YYSTYPE char const *
957 int yylex (void);
958 void yyerror (char const *);
959 %@}
960
961 %token TYPENAME ID
962
963 %right '='
964 %left '+'
965
966 %glr-parser
967
968 %%
969
970 prog :
971 | prog stmt @{ printf ("\n"); @}
972 ;
973
974 stmt : expr ';' %dprec 1
975 | decl %dprec 2
976 ;
977
978 expr : ID @{ printf ("%s ", $$); @}
979 | TYPENAME '(' expr ')'
980 @{ printf ("%s <cast> ", $1); @}
981 | expr '+' expr @{ printf ("+ "); @}
982 | expr '=' expr @{ printf ("= "); @}
983 ;
984
985 decl : TYPENAME declarator ';'
986 @{ printf ("%s <declare> ", $1); @}
987 | TYPENAME declarator '=' expr ';'
988 @{ printf ("%s <init-declare> ", $1); @}
989 ;
990
991 declarator : ID @{ printf ("\"%s\" ", $1); @}
992 | '(' declarator ')'
993 ;
994 @end example
995
996 @noindent
997 This models a problematic part of the C++ grammar---the ambiguity between
998 certain declarations and statements. For example,
999
1000 @example
1001 T (x) = y+z;
1002 @end example
1003
1004 @noindent
1005 parses as either an @code{expr} or a @code{stmt}
1006 (assuming that @samp{T} is recognized as a @code{TYPENAME} and
1007 @samp{x} as an @code{ID}).
1008 Bison detects this as a reduce/reduce conflict between the rules
1009 @code{expr : ID} and @code{declarator : ID}, which it cannot resolve at the
1010 time it encounters @code{x} in the example above. Since this is a
1011 @acronym{GLR} parser, it therefore splits the problem into two parses, one for
1012 each choice of resolving the reduce/reduce conflict.
1013 Unlike the example from the previous section (@pxref{Simple GLR Parsers}),
1014 however, neither of these parses ``dies,'' because the grammar as it stands is
1015 ambiguous. One of the parsers eventually reduces @code{stmt : expr ';'} and
1016 the other reduces @code{stmt : decl}, after which both parsers are in an
1017 identical state: they've seen @samp{prog stmt} and have the same unprocessed
1018 input remaining. We say that these parses have @dfn{merged.}
1019
1020 At this point, the @acronym{GLR} parser requires a specification in the
1021 grammar of how to choose between the competing parses.
1022 In the example above, the two @code{%dprec}
1023 declarations specify that Bison is to give precedence
1024 to the parse that interprets the example as a
1025 @code{decl}, which implies that @code{x} is a declarator.
1026 The parser therefore prints
1027
1028 @example
1029 "x" y z + T <init-declare>
1030 @end example
1031
1032 The @code{%dprec} declarations only come into play when more than one
1033 parse survives. Consider a different input string for this parser:
1034
1035 @example
1036 T (x) + y;
1037 @end example
1038
1039 @noindent
1040 This is another example of using @acronym{GLR} to parse an unambiguous
1041 construct, as shown in the previous section (@pxref{Simple GLR Parsers}).
1042 Here, there is no ambiguity (this cannot be parsed as a declaration).
1043 However, at the time the Bison parser encounters @code{x}, it does not
1044 have enough information to resolve the reduce/reduce conflict (again,
1045 between @code{x} as an @code{expr} or a @code{declarator}). In this
1046 case, no precedence declaration is used. Again, the parser splits
1047 into two, one assuming that @code{x} is an @code{expr}, and the other
1048 assuming @code{x} is a @code{declarator}. The second of these parsers
1049 then vanishes when it sees @code{+}, and the parser prints
1050
1051 @example
1052 x T <cast> y +
1053 @end example
1054
1055 Suppose that instead of resolving the ambiguity, you wanted to see all
1056 the possibilities. For this purpose, you must merge the semantic
1057 actions of the two possible parsers, rather than choosing one over the
1058 other. To do so, you could change the declaration of @code{stmt} as
1059 follows:
1060
1061 @example
1062 stmt : expr ';' %merge <stmtMerge>
1063 | decl %merge <stmtMerge>
1064 ;
1065 @end example
1066
1067 @noindent
1068 and define the @code{stmtMerge} function as:
1069
1070 @example
1071 static YYSTYPE
1072 stmtMerge (YYSTYPE x0, YYSTYPE x1)
1073 @{
1074 printf ("<OR> ");
1075 return "";
1076 @}
1077 @end example
1078
1079 @noindent
1080 with an accompanying forward declaration
1081 in the C declarations at the beginning of the file:
1082
1083 @example
1084 %@{
1085 #define YYSTYPE char const *
1086 static YYSTYPE stmtMerge (YYSTYPE x0, YYSTYPE x1);
1087 %@}
1088 @end example
1089
1090 @noindent
1091 With these declarations, the resulting parser parses the first example
1092 as both an @code{expr} and a @code{decl}, and prints
1093
1094 @example
1095 "x" y z + T <init-declare> x T <cast> y z + = <OR>
1096 @end example
1097
1098 Bison requires that all of the
1099 productions that participate in any particular merge have identical
1100 @samp{%merge} clauses. Otherwise, the ambiguity would be unresolvable,
1101 and the parser will report an error during any parse that results in
1102 the offending merge.
1103
1104 @node GLR Semantic Actions
1105 @subsection GLR Semantic Actions
1106
1107 @cindex deferred semantic actions
1108 By definition, a deferred semantic action is not performed at the same time as
1109 the associated reduction.
1110 This raises caveats for several Bison features you might use in a semantic
1111 action in a @acronym{GLR} parser.
1112
1113 @vindex yychar
1114 @cindex @acronym{GLR} parsers and @code{yychar}
1115 @vindex yylval
1116 @cindex @acronym{GLR} parsers and @code{yylval}
1117 @vindex yylloc
1118 @cindex @acronym{GLR} parsers and @code{yylloc}
1119 In any semantic action, you can examine @code{yychar} to determine the type of
1120 the lookahead token present at the time of the associated reduction.
1121 After checking that @code{yychar} is not set to @code{YYEMPTY} or @code{YYEOF},
1122 you can then examine @code{yylval} and @code{yylloc} to determine the
1123 lookahead token's semantic value and location, if any.
1124 In a nondeferred semantic action, you can also modify any of these variables to
1125 influence syntax analysis.
1126 @xref{Lookahead, ,Lookahead Tokens}.
1127
1128 @findex yyclearin
1129 @cindex @acronym{GLR} parsers and @code{yyclearin}
1130 In a deferred semantic action, it's too late to influence syntax analysis.
1131 In this case, @code{yychar}, @code{yylval}, and @code{yylloc} are set to
1132 shallow copies of the values they had at the time of the associated reduction.
1133 For this reason alone, modifying them is dangerous.
1134 Moreover, the result of modifying them is undefined and subject to change with
1135 future versions of Bison.
1136 For example, if a semantic action might be deferred, you should never write it
1137 to invoke @code{yyclearin} (@pxref{Action Features}) or to attempt to free
1138 memory referenced by @code{yylval}.
1139
1140 @findex YYERROR
1141 @cindex @acronym{GLR} parsers and @code{YYERROR}
1142 Another Bison feature requiring special consideration is @code{YYERROR}
1143 (@pxref{Action Features}), which you can invoke in a semantic action to
1144 initiate error recovery.
1145 During deterministic @acronym{GLR} operation, the effect of @code{YYERROR} is
1146 the same as its effect in an @acronym{LALR}(1) parser.
1147 In a deferred semantic action, its effect is undefined.
1148 @c The effect is probably a syntax error at the split point.
1149
1150 Also, see @ref{Location Default Action, ,Default Action for Locations}, which
1151 describes a special usage of @code{YYLLOC_DEFAULT} in @acronym{GLR} parsers.
1152
1153 @node Compiler Requirements
1154 @subsection Considerations when Compiling @acronym{GLR} Parsers
1155 @cindex @code{inline}
1156 @cindex @acronym{GLR} parsers and @code{inline}
1157
1158 The @acronym{GLR} parsers require a compiler for @acronym{ISO} C89 or
1159 later. In addition, they use the @code{inline} keyword, which is not
1160 C89, but is C99 and is a common extension in pre-C99 compilers. It is
1161 up to the user of these parsers to handle
1162 portability issues. For instance, if using Autoconf and the Autoconf
1163 macro @code{AC_C_INLINE}, a mere
1164
1165 @example
1166 %@{
1167 #include <config.h>
1168 %@}
1169 @end example
1170
1171 @noindent
1172 will suffice. Otherwise, we suggest
1173
1174 @example
1175 %@{
1176 #if __STDC_VERSION__ < 199901 && ! defined __GNUC__ && ! defined inline
1177 #define inline
1178 #endif
1179 %@}
1180 @end example
1181
1182 @node Locations Overview
1183 @section Locations
1184 @cindex location
1185 @cindex textual location
1186 @cindex location, textual
1187
1188 Many applications, like interpreters or compilers, have to produce verbose
1189 and useful error messages. To achieve this, one must be able to keep track of
1190 the @dfn{textual location}, or @dfn{location}, of each syntactic construct.
1191 Bison provides a mechanism for handling these locations.
1192
1193 Each token has a semantic value. In a similar fashion, each token has an
1194 associated location, but the type of locations is the same for all tokens and
1195 groupings. Moreover, the output parser is equipped with a default data
1196 structure for storing locations (@pxref{Locations}, for more details).
1197
1198 Like semantic values, locations can be reached in actions using a dedicated
1199 set of constructs. In the example above, the location of the whole grouping
1200 is @code{@@$}, while the locations of the subexpressions are @code{@@1} and
1201 @code{@@3}.
1202
1203 When a rule is matched, a default action is used to compute the semantic value
1204 of its left hand side (@pxref{Actions}). In the same way, another default
1205 action is used for locations. However, the action for locations is general
1206 enough for most cases, meaning there is usually no need to describe for each
1207 rule how @code{@@$} should be formed. When building a new location for a given
1208 grouping, the default behavior of the output parser is to take the beginning
1209 of the first symbol, and the end of the last symbol.
1210
1211 @node Bison Parser
1212 @section Bison Output: the Parser File
1213 @cindex Bison parser
1214 @cindex Bison utility
1215 @cindex lexical analyzer, purpose
1216 @cindex parser
1217
1218 When you run Bison, you give it a Bison grammar file as input. The output
1219 is a C source file that parses the language described by the grammar.
1220 This file is called a @dfn{Bison parser}. Keep in mind that the Bison
1221 utility and the Bison parser are two distinct programs: the Bison utility
1222 is a program whose output is the Bison parser that becomes part of your
1223 program.
1224
1225 The job of the Bison parser is to group tokens into groupings according to
1226 the grammar rules---for example, to build identifiers and operators into
1227 expressions. As it does this, it runs the actions for the grammar rules it
1228 uses.
1229
1230 The tokens come from a function called the @dfn{lexical analyzer} that
1231 you must supply in some fashion (such as by writing it in C). The Bison
1232 parser calls the lexical analyzer each time it wants a new token. It
1233 doesn't know what is ``inside'' the tokens (though their semantic values
1234 may reflect this). Typically the lexical analyzer makes the tokens by
1235 parsing characters of text, but Bison does not depend on this.
1236 @xref{Lexical, ,The Lexical Analyzer Function @code{yylex}}.
1237
1238 The Bison parser file is C code which defines a function named
1239 @code{yyparse} which implements that grammar. This function does not make
1240 a complete C program: you must supply some additional functions. One is
1241 the lexical analyzer. Another is an error-reporting function which the
1242 parser calls to report an error. In addition, a complete C program must
1243 start with a function called @code{main}; you have to provide this, and
1244 arrange for it to call @code{yyparse} or the parser will never run.
1245 @xref{Interface, ,Parser C-Language Interface}.
1246
1247 Aside from the token type names and the symbols in the actions you
1248 write, all symbols defined in the Bison parser file itself
1249 begin with @samp{yy} or @samp{YY}. This includes interface functions
1250 such as the lexical analyzer function @code{yylex}, the error reporting
1251 function @code{yyerror} and the parser function @code{yyparse} itself.
1252 This also includes numerous identifiers used for internal purposes.
1253 Therefore, you should avoid using C identifiers starting with @samp{yy}
1254 or @samp{YY} in the Bison grammar file except for the ones defined in
1255 this manual. Also, you should avoid using the C identifiers
1256 @samp{malloc} and @samp{free} for anything other than their usual
1257 meanings.
1258
1259 In some cases the Bison parser file includes system headers, and in
1260 those cases your code should respect the identifiers reserved by those
1261 headers. On some non-@acronym{GNU} hosts, @code{<alloca.h>}, @code{<malloc.h>},
1262 @code{<stddef.h>}, and @code{<stdlib.h>} are included as needed to
1263 declare memory allocators and related types. @code{<libintl.h>} is
1264 included if message translation is in use
1265 (@pxref{Internationalization}). Other system headers may
1266 be included if you define @code{YYDEBUG} to a nonzero value
1267 (@pxref{Tracing, ,Tracing Your Parser}).
1268
1269 @node Stages
1270 @section Stages in Using Bison
1271 @cindex stages in using Bison
1272 @cindex using Bison
1273
1274 The actual language-design process using Bison, from grammar specification
1275 to a working compiler or interpreter, has these parts:
1276
1277 @enumerate
1278 @item
1279 Formally specify the grammar in a form recognized by Bison
1280 (@pxref{Grammar File, ,Bison Grammar Files}). For each grammatical rule
1281 in the language, describe the action that is to be taken when an
1282 instance of that rule is recognized. The action is described by a
1283 sequence of C statements.
1284
1285 @item
1286 Write a lexical analyzer to process input and pass tokens to the parser.
1287 The lexical analyzer may be written by hand in C (@pxref{Lexical, ,The
1288 Lexical Analyzer Function @code{yylex}}). It could also be produced
1289 using Lex, but the use of Lex is not discussed in this manual.
1290
1291 @item
1292 Write a controlling function that calls the Bison-produced parser.
1293
1294 @item
1295 Write error-reporting routines.
1296 @end enumerate
1297
1298 To turn this source code as written into a runnable program, you
1299 must follow these steps:
1300
1301 @enumerate
1302 @item
1303 Run Bison on the grammar to produce the parser.
1304
1305 @item
1306 Compile the code output by Bison, as well as any other source files.
1307
1308 @item
1309 Link the object files to produce the finished product.
1310 @end enumerate
1311
1312 @node Grammar Layout
1313 @section The Overall Layout of a Bison Grammar
1314 @cindex grammar file
1315 @cindex file format
1316 @cindex format of grammar file
1317 @cindex layout of Bison grammar
1318
1319 The input file for the Bison utility is a @dfn{Bison grammar file}. The
1320 general form of a Bison grammar file is as follows:
1321
1322 @example
1323 %@{
1324 @var{Prologue}
1325 %@}
1326
1327 @var{Bison declarations}
1328
1329 %%
1330 @var{Grammar rules}
1331 %%
1332 @var{Epilogue}
1333 @end example
1334
1335 @noindent
1336 The @samp{%%}, @samp{%@{} and @samp{%@}} are punctuation that appears
1337 in every Bison grammar file to separate the sections.
1338
1339 The prologue may define types and variables used in the actions. You can
1340 also use preprocessor commands to define macros used there, and use
1341 @code{#include} to include header files that do any of these things.
1342 You need to declare the lexical analyzer @code{yylex} and the error
1343 printer @code{yyerror} here, along with any other global identifiers
1344 used by the actions in the grammar rules.
1345
1346 The Bison declarations declare the names of the terminal and nonterminal
1347 symbols, and may also describe operator precedence and the data types of
1348 semantic values of various symbols.
1349
1350 The grammar rules define how to construct each nonterminal symbol from its
1351 parts.
1352
1353 The epilogue can contain any code you want to use. Often the
1354 definitions of functions declared in the prologue go here. In a
1355 simple program, all the rest of the program can go here.
1356
1357 @node Examples
1358 @chapter Examples
1359 @cindex simple examples
1360 @cindex examples, simple
1361
1362 Now we show and explain three sample programs written using Bison: a
1363 reverse polish notation calculator, an algebraic (infix) notation
1364 calculator, and a multi-function calculator. All three have been tested
1365 under BSD Unix 4.3; each produces a usable, though limited, interactive
1366 desk-top calculator.
1367
1368 These examples are simple, but Bison grammars for real programming
1369 languages are written the same way. You can copy these examples into a
1370 source file to try them.
1371
1372 @menu
1373 * RPN Calc:: Reverse polish notation calculator;
1374 a first example with no operator precedence.
1375 * Infix Calc:: Infix (algebraic) notation calculator.
1376 Operator precedence is introduced.
1377 * Simple Error Recovery:: Continuing after syntax errors.
1378 * Location Tracking Calc:: Demonstrating the use of @@@var{n} and @@$.
1379 * Multi-function Calc:: Calculator with memory and trig functions.
1380 It uses multiple data-types for semantic values.
1381 * Exercises:: Ideas for improving the multi-function calculator.
1382 @end menu
1383
1384 @node RPN Calc
1385 @section Reverse Polish Notation Calculator
1386 @cindex reverse polish notation
1387 @cindex polish notation calculator
1388 @cindex @code{rpcalc}
1389 @cindex calculator, simple
1390
1391 The first example is that of a simple double-precision @dfn{reverse polish
1392 notation} calculator (a calculator using postfix operators). This example
1393 provides a good starting point, since operator precedence is not an issue.
1394 The second example will illustrate how operator precedence is handled.
1395
1396 The source code for this calculator is named @file{rpcalc.y}. The
1397 @samp{.y} extension is a convention used for Bison input files.
1398
1399 @menu
1400 * Decls: Rpcalc Decls. Prologue (declarations) for rpcalc.
1401 * Rules: Rpcalc Rules. Grammar Rules for rpcalc, with explanation.
1402 * Lexer: Rpcalc Lexer. The lexical analyzer.
1403 * Main: Rpcalc Main. The controlling function.
1404 * Error: Rpcalc Error. The error reporting function.
1405 * Gen: Rpcalc Gen. Running Bison on the grammar file.
1406 * Comp: Rpcalc Compile. Run the C compiler on the output code.
1407 @end menu
1408
1409 @node Rpcalc Decls
1410 @subsection Declarations for @code{rpcalc}
1411
1412 Here are the C and Bison declarations for the reverse polish notation
1413 calculator. As in C, comments are placed between @samp{/*@dots{}*/}.
1414
1415 @example
1416 /* Reverse polish notation calculator. */
1417
1418 %@{
1419 #define YYSTYPE double
1420 #include <math.h>
1421 int yylex (void);
1422 void yyerror (char const *);
1423 %@}
1424
1425 %token NUM
1426
1427 %% /* Grammar rules and actions follow. */
1428 @end example
1429
1430 The declarations section (@pxref{Prologue, , The prologue}) contains two
1431 preprocessor directives and two forward declarations.
1432
1433 The @code{#define} directive defines the macro @code{YYSTYPE}, thus
1434 specifying the C data type for semantic values of both tokens and
1435 groupings (@pxref{Value Type, ,Data Types of Semantic Values}). The
1436 Bison parser will use whatever type @code{YYSTYPE} is defined as; if you
1437 don't define it, @code{int} is the default. Because we specify
1438 @code{double}, each token and each expression has an associated value,
1439 which is a floating point number.
1440
1441 The @code{#include} directive is used to declare the exponentiation
1442 function @code{pow}.
1443
1444 The forward declarations for @code{yylex} and @code{yyerror} are
1445 needed because the C language requires that functions be declared
1446 before they are used. These functions will be defined in the
1447 epilogue, but the parser calls them so they must be declared in the
1448 prologue.
1449
1450 The second section, Bison declarations, provides information to Bison
1451 about the token types (@pxref{Bison Declarations, ,The Bison
1452 Declarations Section}). Each terminal symbol that is not a
1453 single-character literal must be declared here. (Single-character
1454 literals normally don't need to be declared.) In this example, all the
1455 arithmetic operators are designated by single-character literals, so the
1456 only terminal symbol that needs to be declared is @code{NUM}, the token
1457 type for numeric constants.
1458
1459 @node Rpcalc Rules
1460 @subsection Grammar Rules for @code{rpcalc}
1461
1462 Here are the grammar rules for the reverse polish notation calculator.
1463
1464 @example
1465 input: /* empty */
1466 | input line
1467 ;
1468
1469 line: '\n'
1470 | exp '\n' @{ printf ("\t%.10g\n", $1); @}
1471 ;
1472
1473 exp: NUM @{ $$ = $1; @}
1474 | exp exp '+' @{ $$ = $1 + $2; @}
1475 | exp exp '-' @{ $$ = $1 - $2; @}
1476 | exp exp '*' @{ $$ = $1 * $2; @}
1477 | exp exp '/' @{ $$ = $1 / $2; @}
1478 /* Exponentiation */
1479 | exp exp '^' @{ $$ = pow ($1, $2); @}
1480 /* Unary minus */
1481 | exp 'n' @{ $$ = -$1; @}
1482 ;
1483 %%
1484 @end example
1485
1486 The groupings of the rpcalc ``language'' defined here are the expression
1487 (given the name @code{exp}), the line of input (@code{line}), and the
1488 complete input transcript (@code{input}). Each of these nonterminal
1489 symbols has several alternate rules, joined by the vertical bar @samp{|}
1490 which is read as ``or''. The following sections explain what these rules
1491 mean.
1492
1493 The semantics of the language is determined by the actions taken when a
1494 grouping is recognized. The actions are the C code that appears inside
1495 braces. @xref{Actions}.
1496
1497 You must specify these actions in C, but Bison provides the means for
1498 passing semantic values between the rules. In each action, the
1499 pseudo-variable @code{$$} stands for the semantic value for the grouping
1500 that the rule is going to construct. Assigning a value to @code{$$} is the
1501 main job of most actions. The semantic values of the components of the
1502 rule are referred to as @code{$1}, @code{$2}, and so on.
1503
1504 @menu
1505 * Rpcalc Input::
1506 * Rpcalc Line::
1507 * Rpcalc Expr::
1508 @end menu
1509
1510 @node Rpcalc Input
1511 @subsubsection Explanation of @code{input}
1512
1513 Consider the definition of @code{input}:
1514
1515 @example
1516 input: /* empty */
1517 | input line
1518 ;
1519 @end example
1520
1521 This definition reads as follows: ``A complete input is either an empty
1522 string, or a complete input followed by an input line''. Notice that
1523 ``complete input'' is defined in terms of itself. This definition is said
1524 to be @dfn{left recursive} since @code{input} appears always as the
1525 leftmost symbol in the sequence. @xref{Recursion, ,Recursive Rules}.
1526
1527 The first alternative is empty because there are no symbols between the
1528 colon and the first @samp{|}; this means that @code{input} can match an
1529 empty string of input (no tokens). We write the rules this way because it
1530 is legitimate to type @kbd{Ctrl-d} right after you start the calculator.
1531 It's conventional to put an empty alternative first and write the comment
1532 @samp{/* empty */} in it.
1533
1534 The second alternate rule (@code{input line}) handles all nontrivial input.
1535 It means, ``After reading any number of lines, read one more line if
1536 possible.'' The left recursion makes this rule into a loop. Since the
1537 first alternative matches empty input, the loop can be executed zero or
1538 more times.
1539
1540 The parser function @code{yyparse} continues to process input until a
1541 grammatical error is seen or the lexical analyzer says there are no more
1542 input tokens; we will arrange for the latter to happen at end-of-input.
1543
1544 @node Rpcalc Line
1545 @subsubsection Explanation of @code{line}
1546
1547 Now consider the definition of @code{line}:
1548
1549 @example
1550 line: '\n'
1551 | exp '\n' @{ printf ("\t%.10g\n", $1); @}
1552 ;
1553 @end example
1554
1555 The first alternative is a token which is a newline character; this means
1556 that rpcalc accepts a blank line (and ignores it, since there is no
1557 action). The second alternative is an expression followed by a newline.
1558 This is the alternative that makes rpcalc useful. The semantic value of
1559 the @code{exp} grouping is the value of @code{$1} because the @code{exp} in
1560 question is the first symbol in the alternative. The action prints this
1561 value, which is the result of the computation the user asked for.
1562
1563 This action is unusual because it does not assign a value to @code{$$}. As
1564 a consequence, the semantic value associated with the @code{line} is
1565 uninitialized (its value will be unpredictable). This would be a bug if
1566 that value were ever used, but we don't use it: once rpcalc has printed the
1567 value of the user's input line, that value is no longer needed.
1568
1569 @node Rpcalc Expr
1570 @subsubsection Explanation of @code{expr}
1571
1572 The @code{exp} grouping has several rules, one for each kind of expression.
1573 The first rule handles the simplest expressions: those that are just numbers.
1574 The second handles an addition-expression, which looks like two expressions
1575 followed by a plus-sign. The third handles subtraction, and so on.
1576
1577 @example
1578 exp: NUM
1579 | exp exp '+' @{ $$ = $1 + $2; @}
1580 | exp exp '-' @{ $$ = $1 - $2; @}
1581 @dots{}
1582 ;
1583 @end example
1584
1585 We have used @samp{|} to join all the rules for @code{exp}, but we could
1586 equally well have written them separately:
1587
1588 @example
1589 exp: NUM ;
1590 exp: exp exp '+' @{ $$ = $1 + $2; @} ;
1591 exp: exp exp '-' @{ $$ = $1 - $2; @} ;
1592 @dots{}
1593 @end example
1594
1595 Most of the rules have actions that compute the value of the expression in
1596 terms of the value of its parts. For example, in the rule for addition,
1597 @code{$1} refers to the first component @code{exp} and @code{$2} refers to
1598 the second one. The third component, @code{'+'}, has no meaningful
1599 associated semantic value, but if it had one you could refer to it as
1600 @code{$3}. When @code{yyparse} recognizes a sum expression using this
1601 rule, the sum of the two subexpressions' values is produced as the value of
1602 the entire expression. @xref{Actions}.
1603
1604 You don't have to give an action for every rule. When a rule has no
1605 action, Bison by default copies the value of @code{$1} into @code{$$}.
1606 This is what happens in the first rule (the one that uses @code{NUM}).
1607
1608 The formatting shown here is the recommended convention, but Bison does
1609 not require it. You can add or change white space as much as you wish.
1610 For example, this:
1611
1612 @example
1613 exp : NUM | exp exp '+' @{$$ = $1 + $2; @} | @dots{} ;
1614 @end example
1615
1616 @noindent
1617 means the same thing as this:
1618
1619 @example
1620 exp: NUM
1621 | exp exp '+' @{ $$ = $1 + $2; @}
1622 | @dots{}
1623 ;
1624 @end example
1625
1626 @noindent
1627 The latter, however, is much more readable.
1628
1629 @node Rpcalc Lexer
1630 @subsection The @code{rpcalc} Lexical Analyzer
1631 @cindex writing a lexical analyzer
1632 @cindex lexical analyzer, writing
1633
1634 The lexical analyzer's job is low-level parsing: converting characters
1635 or sequences of characters into tokens. The Bison parser gets its
1636 tokens by calling the lexical analyzer. @xref{Lexical, ,The Lexical
1637 Analyzer Function @code{yylex}}.
1638
1639 Only a simple lexical analyzer is needed for the @acronym{RPN}
1640 calculator. This
1641 lexical analyzer skips blanks and tabs, then reads in numbers as
1642 @code{double} and returns them as @code{NUM} tokens. Any other character
1643 that isn't part of a number is a separate token. Note that the token-code
1644 for such a single-character token is the character itself.
1645
1646 The return value of the lexical analyzer function is a numeric code which
1647 represents a token type. The same text used in Bison rules to stand for
1648 this token type is also a C expression for the numeric code for the type.
1649 This works in two ways. If the token type is a character literal, then its
1650 numeric code is that of the character; you can use the same
1651 character literal in the lexical analyzer to express the number. If the
1652 token type is an identifier, that identifier is defined by Bison as a C
1653 macro whose definition is the appropriate number. In this example,
1654 therefore, @code{NUM} becomes a macro for @code{yylex} to use.
1655
1656 The semantic value of the token (if it has one) is stored into the
1657 global variable @code{yylval}, which is where the Bison parser will look
1658 for it. (The C data type of @code{yylval} is @code{YYSTYPE}, which was
1659 defined at the beginning of the grammar; @pxref{Rpcalc Decls,
1660 ,Declarations for @code{rpcalc}}.)
1661
1662 A token type code of zero is returned if the end-of-input is encountered.
1663 (Bison recognizes any nonpositive value as indicating end-of-input.)
1664
1665 Here is the code for the lexical analyzer:
1666
1667 @example
1668 @group
1669 /* The lexical analyzer returns a double floating point
1670 number on the stack and the token NUM, or the numeric code
1671 of the character read if not a number. It skips all blanks
1672 and tabs, and returns 0 for end-of-input. */
1673
1674 #include <ctype.h>
1675 @end group
1676
1677 @group
1678 int
1679 yylex (void)
1680 @{
1681 int c;
1682
1683 /* Skip white space. */
1684 while ((c = getchar ()) == ' ' || c == '\t')
1685 ;
1686 @end group
1687 @group
1688 /* Process numbers. */
1689 if (c == '.' || isdigit (c))
1690 @{
1691 ungetc (c, stdin);
1692 scanf ("%lf", &yylval);
1693 return NUM;
1694 @}
1695 @end group
1696 @group
1697 /* Return end-of-input. */
1698 if (c == EOF)
1699 return 0;
1700 /* Return a single char. */
1701 return c;
1702 @}
1703 @end group
1704 @end example
1705
1706 @node Rpcalc Main
1707 @subsection The Controlling Function
1708 @cindex controlling function
1709 @cindex main function in simple example
1710
1711 In keeping with the spirit of this example, the controlling function is
1712 kept to the bare minimum. The only requirement is that it call
1713 @code{yyparse} to start the process of parsing.
1714
1715 @example
1716 @group
1717 int
1718 main (void)
1719 @{
1720 return yyparse ();
1721 @}
1722 @end group
1723 @end example
1724
1725 @node Rpcalc Error
1726 @subsection The Error Reporting Routine
1727 @cindex error reporting routine
1728
1729 When @code{yyparse} detects a syntax error, it calls the error reporting
1730 function @code{yyerror} to print an error message (usually but not
1731 always @code{"syntax error"}). It is up to the programmer to supply
1732 @code{yyerror} (@pxref{Interface, ,Parser C-Language Interface}), so
1733 here is the definition we will use:
1734
1735 @example
1736 @group
1737 #include <stdio.h>
1738
1739 /* Called by yyparse on error. */
1740 void
1741 yyerror (char const *s)
1742 @{
1743 fprintf (stderr, "%s\n", s);
1744 @}
1745 @end group
1746 @end example
1747
1748 After @code{yyerror} returns, the Bison parser may recover from the error
1749 and continue parsing if the grammar contains a suitable error rule
1750 (@pxref{Error Recovery}). Otherwise, @code{yyparse} returns nonzero. We
1751 have not written any error rules in this example, so any invalid input will
1752 cause the calculator program to exit. This is not clean behavior for a
1753 real calculator, but it is adequate for the first example.
1754
1755 @node Rpcalc Gen
1756 @subsection Running Bison to Make the Parser
1757 @cindex running Bison (introduction)
1758
1759 Before running Bison to produce a parser, we need to decide how to
1760 arrange all the source code in one or more source files. For such a
1761 simple example, the easiest thing is to put everything in one file. The
1762 definitions of @code{yylex}, @code{yyerror} and @code{main} go at the
1763 end, in the epilogue of the file
1764 (@pxref{Grammar Layout, ,The Overall Layout of a Bison Grammar}).
1765
1766 For a large project, you would probably have several source files, and use
1767 @code{make} to arrange to recompile them.
1768
1769 With all the source in a single file, you use the following command to
1770 convert it into a parser file:
1771
1772 @example
1773 bison @var{file}.y
1774 @end example
1775
1776 @noindent
1777 In this example the file was called @file{rpcalc.y} (for ``Reverse Polish
1778 @sc{calc}ulator''). Bison produces a file named @file{@var{file}.tab.c},
1779 removing the @samp{.y} from the original file name. The file output by
1780 Bison contains the source code for @code{yyparse}. The additional
1781 functions in the input file (@code{yylex}, @code{yyerror} and @code{main})
1782 are copied verbatim to the output.
1783
1784 @node Rpcalc Compile
1785 @subsection Compiling the Parser File
1786 @cindex compiling the parser
1787
1788 Here is how to compile and run the parser file:
1789
1790 @example
1791 @group
1792 # @r{List files in current directory.}
1793 $ @kbd{ls}
1794 rpcalc.tab.c rpcalc.y
1795 @end group
1796
1797 @group
1798 # @r{Compile the Bison parser.}
1799 # @r{@samp{-lm} tells compiler to search math library for @code{pow}.}
1800 $ @kbd{cc -lm -o rpcalc rpcalc.tab.c}
1801 @end group
1802
1803 @group
1804 # @r{List files again.}
1805 $ @kbd{ls}
1806 rpcalc rpcalc.tab.c rpcalc.y
1807 @end group
1808 @end example
1809
1810 The file @file{rpcalc} now contains the executable code. Here is an
1811 example session using @code{rpcalc}.
1812
1813 @example
1814 $ @kbd{rpcalc}
1815 @kbd{4 9 +}
1816 13
1817 @kbd{3 7 + 3 4 5 *+-}
1818 -13
1819 @kbd{3 7 + 3 4 5 * + - n} @r{Note the unary minus, @samp{n}}
1820 13
1821 @kbd{5 6 / 4 n +}
1822 -3.166666667
1823 @kbd{3 4 ^} @r{Exponentiation}
1824 81
1825 @kbd{^D} @r{End-of-file indicator}
1826 $
1827 @end example
1828
1829 @node Infix Calc
1830 @section Infix Notation Calculator: @code{calc}
1831 @cindex infix notation calculator
1832 @cindex @code{calc}
1833 @cindex calculator, infix notation
1834
1835 We now modify rpcalc to handle infix operators instead of postfix. Infix
1836 notation involves the concept of operator precedence and the need for
1837 parentheses nested to arbitrary depth. Here is the Bison code for
1838 @file{calc.y}, an infix desk-top calculator.
1839
1840 @example
1841 /* Infix notation calculator. */
1842
1843 %@{
1844 #define YYSTYPE double
1845 #include <math.h>
1846 #include <stdio.h>
1847 int yylex (void);
1848 void yyerror (char const *);
1849 %@}
1850
1851 /* Bison declarations. */
1852 %token NUM
1853 %left '-' '+'
1854 %left '*' '/'
1855 %left NEG /* negation--unary minus */
1856 %right '^' /* exponentiation */
1857
1858 %% /* The grammar follows. */
1859 input: /* empty */
1860 | input line
1861 ;
1862
1863 line: '\n'
1864 | exp '\n' @{ printf ("\t%.10g\n", $1); @}
1865 ;
1866
1867 exp: NUM @{ $$ = $1; @}
1868 | exp '+' exp @{ $$ = $1 + $3; @}
1869 | exp '-' exp @{ $$ = $1 - $3; @}
1870 | exp '*' exp @{ $$ = $1 * $3; @}
1871 | exp '/' exp @{ $$ = $1 / $3; @}
1872 | '-' exp %prec NEG @{ $$ = -$2; @}
1873 | exp '^' exp @{ $$ = pow ($1, $3); @}
1874 | '(' exp ')' @{ $$ = $2; @}
1875 ;
1876 %%
1877 @end example
1878
1879 @noindent
1880 The functions @code{yylex}, @code{yyerror} and @code{main} can be the
1881 same as before.
1882
1883 There are two important new features shown in this code.
1884
1885 In the second section (Bison declarations), @code{%left} declares token
1886 types and says they are left-associative operators. The declarations
1887 @code{%left} and @code{%right} (right associativity) take the place of
1888 @code{%token} which is used to declare a token type name without
1889 associativity. (These tokens are single-character literals, which
1890 ordinarily don't need to be declared. We declare them here to specify
1891 the associativity.)
1892
1893 Operator precedence is determined by the line ordering of the
1894 declarations; the higher the line number of the declaration (lower on
1895 the page or screen), the higher the precedence. Hence, exponentiation
1896 has the highest precedence, unary minus (@code{NEG}) is next, followed
1897 by @samp{*} and @samp{/}, and so on. @xref{Precedence, ,Operator
1898 Precedence}.
1899
1900 The other important new feature is the @code{%prec} in the grammar
1901 section for the unary minus operator. The @code{%prec} simply instructs
1902 Bison that the rule @samp{| '-' exp} has the same precedence as
1903 @code{NEG}---in this case the next-to-highest. @xref{Contextual
1904 Precedence, ,Context-Dependent Precedence}.
1905
1906 Here is a sample run of @file{calc.y}:
1907
1908 @need 500
1909 @example
1910 $ @kbd{calc}
1911 @kbd{4 + 4.5 - (34/(8*3+-3))}
1912 6.880952381
1913 @kbd{-56 + 2}
1914 -54
1915 @kbd{3 ^ 2}
1916 9
1917 @end example
1918
1919 @node Simple Error Recovery
1920 @section Simple Error Recovery
1921 @cindex error recovery, simple
1922
1923 Up to this point, this manual has not addressed the issue of @dfn{error
1924 recovery}---how to continue parsing after the parser detects a syntax
1925 error. All we have handled is error reporting with @code{yyerror}.
1926 Recall that by default @code{yyparse} returns after calling
1927 @code{yyerror}. This means that an erroneous input line causes the
1928 calculator program to exit. Now we show how to rectify this deficiency.
1929
1930 The Bison language itself includes the reserved word @code{error}, which
1931 may be included in the grammar rules. In the example below it has
1932 been added to one of the alternatives for @code{line}:
1933
1934 @example
1935 @group
1936 line: '\n'
1937 | exp '\n' @{ printf ("\t%.10g\n", $1); @}
1938 | error '\n' @{ yyerrok; @}
1939 ;
1940 @end group
1941 @end example
1942
1943 This addition to the grammar allows for simple error recovery in the
1944 event of a syntax error. If an expression that cannot be evaluated is
1945 read, the error will be recognized by the third rule for @code{line},
1946 and parsing will continue. (The @code{yyerror} function is still called
1947 upon to print its message as well.) The action executes the statement
1948 @code{yyerrok}, a macro defined automatically by Bison; its meaning is
1949 that error recovery is complete (@pxref{Error Recovery}). Note the
1950 difference between @code{yyerrok} and @code{yyerror}; neither one is a
1951 misprint.
1952
1953 This form of error recovery deals with syntax errors. There are other
1954 kinds of errors; for example, division by zero, which raises an exception
1955 signal that is normally fatal. A real calculator program must handle this
1956 signal and use @code{longjmp} to return to @code{main} and resume parsing
1957 input lines; it would also have to discard the rest of the current line of
1958 input. We won't discuss this issue further because it is not specific to
1959 Bison programs.
1960
1961 @node Location Tracking Calc
1962 @section Location Tracking Calculator: @code{ltcalc}
1963 @cindex location tracking calculator
1964 @cindex @code{ltcalc}
1965 @cindex calculator, location tracking
1966
1967 This example extends the infix notation calculator with location
1968 tracking. This feature will be used to improve the error messages. For
1969 the sake of clarity, this example is a simple integer calculator, since
1970 most of the work needed to use locations will be done in the lexical
1971 analyzer.
1972
1973 @menu
1974 * Decls: Ltcalc Decls. Bison and C declarations for ltcalc.
1975 * Rules: Ltcalc Rules. Grammar rules for ltcalc, with explanations.
1976 * Lexer: Ltcalc Lexer. The lexical analyzer.
1977 @end menu
1978
1979 @node Ltcalc Decls
1980 @subsection Declarations for @code{ltcalc}
1981
1982 The C and Bison declarations for the location tracking calculator are
1983 the same as the declarations for the infix notation calculator.
1984
1985 @example
1986 /* Location tracking calculator. */
1987
1988 %@{
1989 #define YYSTYPE int
1990 #include <math.h>
1991 int yylex (void);
1992 void yyerror (char const *);
1993 %@}
1994
1995 /* Bison declarations. */
1996 %token NUM
1997
1998 %left '-' '+'
1999 %left '*' '/'
2000 %left NEG
2001 %right '^'
2002
2003 %% /* The grammar follows. */
2004 @end example
2005
2006 @noindent
2007 Note there are no declarations specific to locations. Defining a data
2008 type for storing locations is not needed: we will use the type provided
2009 by default (@pxref{Location Type, ,Data Types of Locations}), which is a
2010 four member structure with the following integer fields:
2011 @code{first_line}, @code{first_column}, @code{last_line} and
2012 @code{last_column}. By conventions, and in accordance with the GNU
2013 Coding Standards and common practice, the line and column count both
2014 start at 1.
2015
2016 @node Ltcalc Rules
2017 @subsection Grammar Rules for @code{ltcalc}
2018
2019 Whether handling locations or not has no effect on the syntax of your
2020 language. Therefore, grammar rules for this example will be very close
2021 to those of the previous example: we will only modify them to benefit
2022 from the new information.
2023
2024 Here, we will use locations to report divisions by zero, and locate the
2025 wrong expressions or subexpressions.
2026
2027 @example
2028 @group
2029 input : /* empty */
2030 | input line
2031 ;
2032 @end group
2033
2034 @group
2035 line : '\n'
2036 | exp '\n' @{ printf ("%d\n", $1); @}
2037 ;
2038 @end group
2039
2040 @group
2041 exp : NUM @{ $$ = $1; @}
2042 | exp '+' exp @{ $$ = $1 + $3; @}
2043 | exp '-' exp @{ $$ = $1 - $3; @}
2044 | exp '*' exp @{ $$ = $1 * $3; @}
2045 @end group
2046 @group
2047 | exp '/' exp
2048 @{
2049 if ($3)
2050 $$ = $1 / $3;
2051 else
2052 @{
2053 $$ = 1;
2054 fprintf (stderr, "%d.%d-%d.%d: division by zero",
2055 @@3.first_line, @@3.first_column,
2056 @@3.last_line, @@3.last_column);
2057 @}
2058 @}
2059 @end group
2060 @group
2061 | '-' exp %prec NEG @{ $$ = -$2; @}
2062 | exp '^' exp @{ $$ = pow ($1, $3); @}
2063 | '(' exp ')' @{ $$ = $2; @}
2064 @end group
2065 @end example
2066
2067 This code shows how to reach locations inside of semantic actions, by
2068 using the pseudo-variables @code{@@@var{n}} for rule components, and the
2069 pseudo-variable @code{@@$} for groupings.
2070
2071 We don't need to assign a value to @code{@@$}: the output parser does it
2072 automatically. By default, before executing the C code of each action,
2073 @code{@@$} is set to range from the beginning of @code{@@1} to the end
2074 of @code{@@@var{n}}, for a rule with @var{n} components. This behavior
2075 can be redefined (@pxref{Location Default Action, , Default Action for
2076 Locations}), and for very specific rules, @code{@@$} can be computed by
2077 hand.
2078
2079 @node Ltcalc Lexer
2080 @subsection The @code{ltcalc} Lexical Analyzer.
2081
2082 Until now, we relied on Bison's defaults to enable location
2083 tracking. The next step is to rewrite the lexical analyzer, and make it
2084 able to feed the parser with the token locations, as it already does for
2085 semantic values.
2086
2087 To this end, we must take into account every single character of the
2088 input text, to avoid the computed locations of being fuzzy or wrong:
2089
2090 @example
2091 @group
2092 int
2093 yylex (void)
2094 @{
2095 int c;
2096 @end group
2097
2098 @group
2099 /* Skip white space. */
2100 while ((c = getchar ()) == ' ' || c == '\t')
2101 ++yylloc.last_column;
2102 @end group
2103
2104 @group
2105 /* Step. */
2106 yylloc.first_line = yylloc.last_line;
2107 yylloc.first_column = yylloc.last_column;
2108 @end group
2109
2110 @group
2111 /* Process numbers. */
2112 if (isdigit (c))
2113 @{
2114 yylval = c - '0';
2115 ++yylloc.last_column;
2116 while (isdigit (c = getchar ()))
2117 @{
2118 ++yylloc.last_column;
2119 yylval = yylval * 10 + c - '0';
2120 @}
2121 ungetc (c, stdin);
2122 return NUM;
2123 @}
2124 @end group
2125
2126 /* Return end-of-input. */
2127 if (c == EOF)
2128 return 0;
2129
2130 /* Return a single char, and update location. */
2131 if (c == '\n')
2132 @{
2133 ++yylloc.last_line;
2134 yylloc.last_column = 0;
2135 @}
2136 else
2137 ++yylloc.last_column;
2138 return c;
2139 @}
2140 @end example
2141
2142 Basically, the lexical analyzer performs the same processing as before:
2143 it skips blanks and tabs, and reads numbers or single-character tokens.
2144 In addition, it updates @code{yylloc}, the global variable (of type
2145 @code{YYLTYPE}) containing the token's location.
2146
2147 Now, each time this function returns a token, the parser has its number
2148 as well as its semantic value, and its location in the text. The last
2149 needed change is to initialize @code{yylloc}, for example in the
2150 controlling function:
2151
2152 @example
2153 @group
2154 int
2155 main (void)
2156 @{
2157 yylloc.first_line = yylloc.last_line = 1;
2158 yylloc.first_column = yylloc.last_column = 0;
2159 return yyparse ();
2160 @}
2161 @end group
2162 @end example
2163
2164 Remember that computing locations is not a matter of syntax. Every
2165 character must be associated to a location update, whether it is in
2166 valid input, in comments, in literal strings, and so on.
2167
2168 @node Multi-function Calc
2169 @section Multi-Function Calculator: @code{mfcalc}
2170 @cindex multi-function calculator
2171 @cindex @code{mfcalc}
2172 @cindex calculator, multi-function
2173
2174 Now that the basics of Bison have been discussed, it is time to move on to
2175 a more advanced problem. The above calculators provided only five
2176 functions, @samp{+}, @samp{-}, @samp{*}, @samp{/} and @samp{^}. It would
2177 be nice to have a calculator that provides other mathematical functions such
2178 as @code{sin}, @code{cos}, etc.
2179
2180 It is easy to add new operators to the infix calculator as long as they are
2181 only single-character literals. The lexical analyzer @code{yylex} passes
2182 back all nonnumeric characters as tokens, so new grammar rules suffice for
2183 adding a new operator. But we want something more flexible: built-in
2184 functions whose syntax has this form:
2185
2186 @example
2187 @var{function_name} (@var{argument})
2188 @end example
2189
2190 @noindent
2191 At the same time, we will add memory to the calculator, by allowing you
2192 to create named variables, store values in them, and use them later.
2193 Here is a sample session with the multi-function calculator:
2194
2195 @example
2196 $ @kbd{mfcalc}
2197 @kbd{pi = 3.141592653589}
2198 3.1415926536
2199 @kbd{sin(pi)}
2200 0.0000000000
2201 @kbd{alpha = beta1 = 2.3}
2202 2.3000000000
2203 @kbd{alpha}
2204 2.3000000000
2205 @kbd{ln(alpha)}
2206 0.8329091229
2207 @kbd{exp(ln(beta1))}
2208 2.3000000000
2209 $
2210 @end example
2211
2212 Note that multiple assignment and nested function calls are permitted.
2213
2214 @menu
2215 * Decl: Mfcalc Decl. Bison declarations for multi-function calculator.
2216 * Rules: Mfcalc Rules. Grammar rules for the calculator.
2217 * Symtab: Mfcalc Symtab. Symbol table management subroutines.
2218 @end menu
2219
2220 @node Mfcalc Decl
2221 @subsection Declarations for @code{mfcalc}
2222
2223 Here are the C and Bison declarations for the multi-function calculator.
2224
2225 @smallexample
2226 @group
2227 %@{
2228 #include <math.h> /* For math functions, cos(), sin(), etc. */
2229 #include "calc.h" /* Contains definition of `symrec'. */
2230 int yylex (void);
2231 void yyerror (char const *);
2232 %@}
2233 @end group
2234 @group
2235 %union @{
2236 double val; /* For returning numbers. */
2237 symrec *tptr; /* For returning symbol-table pointers. */
2238 @}
2239 @end group
2240 %token <val> NUM /* Simple double precision number. */
2241 %token <tptr> VAR FNCT /* Variable and Function. */
2242 %type <val> exp
2243
2244 @group
2245 %right '='
2246 %left '-' '+'
2247 %left '*' '/'
2248 %left NEG /* negation--unary minus */
2249 %right '^' /* exponentiation */
2250 @end group
2251 %% /* The grammar follows. */
2252 @end smallexample
2253
2254 The above grammar introduces only two new features of the Bison language.
2255 These features allow semantic values to have various data types
2256 (@pxref{Multiple Types, ,More Than One Value Type}).
2257
2258 The @code{%union} declaration specifies the entire list of possible types;
2259 this is instead of defining @code{YYSTYPE}. The allowable types are now
2260 double-floats (for @code{exp} and @code{NUM}) and pointers to entries in
2261 the symbol table. @xref{Union Decl, ,The Collection of Value Types}.
2262
2263 Since values can now have various types, it is necessary to associate a
2264 type with each grammar symbol whose semantic value is used. These symbols
2265 are @code{NUM}, @code{VAR}, @code{FNCT}, and @code{exp}. Their
2266 declarations are augmented with information about their data type (placed
2267 between angle brackets).
2268
2269 The Bison construct @code{%type} is used for declaring nonterminal
2270 symbols, just as @code{%token} is used for declaring token types. We
2271 have not used @code{%type} before because nonterminal symbols are
2272 normally declared implicitly by the rules that define them. But
2273 @code{exp} must be declared explicitly so we can specify its value type.
2274 @xref{Type Decl, ,Nonterminal Symbols}.
2275
2276 @node Mfcalc Rules
2277 @subsection Grammar Rules for @code{mfcalc}
2278
2279 Here are the grammar rules for the multi-function calculator.
2280 Most of them are copied directly from @code{calc}; three rules,
2281 those which mention @code{VAR} or @code{FNCT}, are new.
2282
2283 @smallexample
2284 @group
2285 input: /* empty */
2286 | input line
2287 ;
2288 @end group
2289
2290 @group
2291 line:
2292 '\n'
2293 | exp '\n' @{ printf ("\t%.10g\n", $1); @}
2294 | error '\n' @{ yyerrok; @}
2295 ;
2296 @end group
2297
2298 @group
2299 exp: NUM @{ $$ = $1; @}
2300 | VAR @{ $$ = $1->value.var; @}
2301 | VAR '=' exp @{ $$ = $3; $1->value.var = $3; @}
2302 | FNCT '(' exp ')' @{ $$ = (*($1->value.fnctptr))($3); @}
2303 | exp '+' exp @{ $$ = $1 + $3; @}
2304 | exp '-' exp @{ $$ = $1 - $3; @}
2305 | exp '*' exp @{ $$ = $1 * $3; @}
2306 | exp '/' exp @{ $$ = $1 / $3; @}
2307 | '-' exp %prec NEG @{ $$ = -$2; @}
2308 | exp '^' exp @{ $$ = pow ($1, $3); @}
2309 | '(' exp ')' @{ $$ = $2; @}
2310 ;
2311 @end group
2312 /* End of grammar. */
2313 %%
2314 @end smallexample
2315
2316 @node Mfcalc Symtab
2317 @subsection The @code{mfcalc} Symbol Table
2318 @cindex symbol table example
2319
2320 The multi-function calculator requires a symbol table to keep track of the
2321 names and meanings of variables and functions. This doesn't affect the
2322 grammar rules (except for the actions) or the Bison declarations, but it
2323 requires some additional C functions for support.
2324
2325 The symbol table itself consists of a linked list of records. Its
2326 definition, which is kept in the header @file{calc.h}, is as follows. It
2327 provides for either functions or variables to be placed in the table.
2328
2329 @smallexample
2330 @group
2331 /* Function type. */
2332 typedef double (*func_t) (double);
2333 @end group
2334
2335 @group
2336 /* Data type for links in the chain of symbols. */
2337 struct symrec
2338 @{
2339 char *name; /* name of symbol */
2340 int type; /* type of symbol: either VAR or FNCT */
2341 union
2342 @{
2343 double var; /* value of a VAR */
2344 func_t fnctptr; /* value of a FNCT */
2345 @} value;
2346 struct symrec *next; /* link field */
2347 @};
2348 @end group
2349
2350 @group
2351 typedef struct symrec symrec;
2352
2353 /* The symbol table: a chain of `struct symrec'. */
2354 extern symrec *sym_table;
2355
2356 symrec *putsym (char const *, int);
2357 symrec *getsym (char const *);
2358 @end group
2359 @end smallexample
2360
2361 The new version of @code{main} includes a call to @code{init_table}, a
2362 function that initializes the symbol table. Here it is, and
2363 @code{init_table} as well:
2364
2365 @smallexample
2366 #include <stdio.h>
2367
2368 @group
2369 /* Called by yyparse on error. */
2370 void
2371 yyerror (char const *s)
2372 @{
2373 printf ("%s\n", s);
2374 @}
2375 @end group
2376
2377 @group
2378 struct init
2379 @{
2380 char const *fname;
2381 double (*fnct) (double);
2382 @};
2383 @end group
2384
2385 @group
2386 struct init const arith_fncts[] =
2387 @{
2388 "sin", sin,
2389 "cos", cos,
2390 "atan", atan,
2391 "ln", log,
2392 "exp", exp,
2393 "sqrt", sqrt,
2394 0, 0
2395 @};
2396 @end group
2397
2398 @group
2399 /* The symbol table: a chain of `struct symrec'. */
2400 symrec *sym_table;
2401 @end group
2402
2403 @group
2404 /* Put arithmetic functions in table. */
2405 void
2406 init_table (void)
2407 @{
2408 int i;
2409 symrec *ptr;
2410 for (i = 0; arith_fncts[i].fname != 0; i++)
2411 @{
2412 ptr = putsym (arith_fncts[i].fname, FNCT);
2413 ptr->value.fnctptr = arith_fncts[i].fnct;
2414 @}
2415 @}
2416 @end group
2417
2418 @group
2419 int
2420 main (void)
2421 @{
2422 init_table ();
2423 return yyparse ();
2424 @}
2425 @end group
2426 @end smallexample
2427
2428 By simply editing the initialization list and adding the necessary include
2429 files, you can add additional functions to the calculator.
2430
2431 Two important functions allow look-up and installation of symbols in the
2432 symbol table. The function @code{putsym} is passed a name and the type
2433 (@code{VAR} or @code{FNCT}) of the object to be installed. The object is
2434 linked to the front of the list, and a pointer to the object is returned.
2435 The function @code{getsym} is passed the name of the symbol to look up. If
2436 found, a pointer to that symbol is returned; otherwise zero is returned.
2437
2438 @smallexample
2439 symrec *
2440 putsym (char const *sym_name, int sym_type)
2441 @{
2442 symrec *ptr;
2443 ptr = (symrec *) malloc (sizeof (symrec));
2444 ptr->name = (char *) malloc (strlen (sym_name) + 1);
2445 strcpy (ptr->name,sym_name);
2446 ptr->type = sym_type;
2447 ptr->value.var = 0; /* Set value to 0 even if fctn. */
2448 ptr->next = (struct symrec *)sym_table;
2449 sym_table = ptr;
2450 return ptr;
2451 @}
2452
2453 symrec *
2454 getsym (char const *sym_name)
2455 @{
2456 symrec *ptr;
2457 for (ptr = sym_table; ptr != (symrec *) 0;
2458 ptr = (symrec *)ptr->next)
2459 if (strcmp (ptr->name,sym_name) == 0)
2460 return ptr;
2461 return 0;
2462 @}
2463 @end smallexample
2464
2465 The function @code{yylex} must now recognize variables, numeric values, and
2466 the single-character arithmetic operators. Strings of alphanumeric
2467 characters with a leading letter are recognized as either variables or
2468 functions depending on what the symbol table says about them.
2469
2470 The string is passed to @code{getsym} for look up in the symbol table. If
2471 the name appears in the table, a pointer to its location and its type
2472 (@code{VAR} or @code{FNCT}) is returned to @code{yyparse}. If it is not
2473 already in the table, then it is installed as a @code{VAR} using
2474 @code{putsym}. Again, a pointer and its type (which must be @code{VAR}) is
2475 returned to @code{yyparse}.
2476
2477 No change is needed in the handling of numeric values and arithmetic
2478 operators in @code{yylex}.
2479
2480 @smallexample
2481 @group
2482 #include <ctype.h>
2483 @end group
2484
2485 @group
2486 int
2487 yylex (void)
2488 @{
2489 int c;
2490
2491 /* Ignore white space, get first nonwhite character. */
2492 while ((c = getchar ()) == ' ' || c == '\t');
2493
2494 if (c == EOF)
2495 return 0;
2496 @end group
2497
2498 @group
2499 /* Char starts a number => parse the number. */
2500 if (c == '.' || isdigit (c))
2501 @{
2502 ungetc (c, stdin);
2503 scanf ("%lf", &yylval.val);
2504 return NUM;
2505 @}
2506 @end group
2507
2508 @group
2509 /* Char starts an identifier => read the name. */
2510 if (isalpha (c))
2511 @{
2512 symrec *s;
2513 static char *symbuf = 0;
2514 static int length = 0;
2515 int i;
2516 @end group
2517
2518 @group
2519 /* Initially make the buffer long enough
2520 for a 40-character symbol name. */
2521 if (length == 0)
2522 length = 40, symbuf = (char *)malloc (length + 1);
2523
2524 i = 0;
2525 do
2526 @end group
2527 @group
2528 @{
2529 /* If buffer is full, make it bigger. */
2530 if (i == length)
2531 @{
2532 length *= 2;
2533 symbuf = (char *) realloc (symbuf, length + 1);
2534 @}
2535 /* Add this character to the buffer. */
2536 symbuf[i++] = c;
2537 /* Get another character. */
2538 c = getchar ();
2539 @}
2540 @end group
2541 @group
2542 while (isalnum (c));
2543
2544 ungetc (c, stdin);
2545 symbuf[i] = '\0';
2546 @end group
2547
2548 @group
2549 s = getsym (symbuf);
2550 if (s == 0)
2551 s = putsym (symbuf, VAR);
2552 yylval.tptr = s;
2553 return s->type;
2554 @}
2555
2556 /* Any other character is a token by itself. */
2557 return c;
2558 @}
2559 @end group
2560 @end smallexample
2561
2562 This program is both powerful and flexible. You may easily add new
2563 functions, and it is a simple job to modify this code to install
2564 predefined variables such as @code{pi} or @code{e} as well.
2565
2566 @node Exercises
2567 @section Exercises
2568 @cindex exercises
2569
2570 @enumerate
2571 @item
2572 Add some new functions from @file{math.h} to the initialization list.
2573
2574 @item
2575 Add another array that contains constants and their values. Then
2576 modify @code{init_table} to add these constants to the symbol table.
2577 It will be easiest to give the constants type @code{VAR}.
2578
2579 @item
2580 Make the program report an error if the user refers to an
2581 uninitialized variable in any way except to store a value in it.
2582 @end enumerate
2583
2584 @node Grammar File
2585 @chapter Bison Grammar Files
2586
2587 Bison takes as input a context-free grammar specification and produces a
2588 C-language function that recognizes correct instances of the grammar.
2589
2590 The Bison grammar input file conventionally has a name ending in @samp{.y}.
2591 @xref{Invocation, ,Invoking Bison}.
2592
2593 @menu
2594 * Grammar Outline:: Overall layout of the grammar file.
2595 * Symbols:: Terminal and nonterminal symbols.
2596 * Rules:: How to write grammar rules.
2597 * Recursion:: Writing recursive rules.
2598 * Semantics:: Semantic values and actions.
2599 * Locations:: Locations and actions.
2600 * Declarations:: All kinds of Bison declarations are described here.
2601 * Multiple Parsers:: Putting more than one Bison parser in one program.
2602 @end menu
2603
2604 @node Grammar Outline
2605 @section Outline of a Bison Grammar
2606
2607 A Bison grammar file has four main sections, shown here with the
2608 appropriate delimiters:
2609
2610 @example
2611 %@{
2612 @var{Prologue}
2613 %@}
2614
2615 @var{Bison declarations}
2616
2617 %%
2618 @var{Grammar rules}
2619 %%
2620
2621 @var{Epilogue}
2622 @end example
2623
2624 Comments enclosed in @samp{/* @dots{} */} may appear in any of the sections.
2625 As a @acronym{GNU} extension, @samp{//} introduces a comment that
2626 continues until end of line.
2627
2628 @menu
2629 * Prologue:: Syntax and usage of the prologue.
2630 * Prologue Alternatives:: Syntax and usage of alternatives to the prologue.
2631 * Bison Declarations:: Syntax and usage of the Bison declarations section.
2632 * Grammar Rules:: Syntax and usage of the grammar rules section.
2633 * Epilogue:: Syntax and usage of the epilogue.
2634 @end menu
2635
2636 @node Prologue
2637 @subsection The prologue
2638 @cindex declarations section
2639 @cindex Prologue
2640 @cindex declarations
2641
2642 The @var{Prologue} section contains macro definitions and declarations
2643 of functions and variables that are used in the actions in the grammar
2644 rules. These are copied to the beginning of the parser file so that
2645 they precede the definition of @code{yyparse}. You can use
2646 @samp{#include} to get the declarations from a header file. If you
2647 don't need any C declarations, you may omit the @samp{%@{} and
2648 @samp{%@}} delimiters that bracket this section.
2649
2650 The @var{Prologue} section is terminated by the first occurrence
2651 of @samp{%@}} that is outside a comment, a string literal, or a
2652 character constant.
2653
2654 You may have more than one @var{Prologue} section, intermixed with the
2655 @var{Bison declarations}. This allows you to have C and Bison
2656 declarations that refer to each other. For example, the @code{%union}
2657 declaration may use types defined in a header file, and you may wish to
2658 prototype functions that take arguments of type @code{YYSTYPE}. This
2659 can be done with two @var{Prologue} blocks, one before and one after the
2660 @code{%union} declaration.
2661
2662 @smallexample
2663 %@{
2664 #define _GNU_SOURCE
2665 #include <stdio.h>
2666 #include "ptypes.h"
2667 %@}
2668
2669 %union @{
2670 long int n;
2671 tree t; /* @r{@code{tree} is defined in @file{ptypes.h}.} */
2672 @}
2673
2674 %@{
2675 static void print_token_value (FILE *, int, YYSTYPE);
2676 #define YYPRINT(F, N, L) print_token_value (F, N, L)
2677 %@}
2678
2679 @dots{}
2680 @end smallexample
2681
2682 When in doubt, it is usually safer to put prologue code before all
2683 Bison declarations, rather than after. For example, any definitions
2684 of feature test macros like @code{_GNU_SOURCE} or
2685 @code{_POSIX_C_SOURCE} should appear before all Bison declarations, as
2686 feature test macros can affect the behavior of Bison-generated
2687 @code{#include} directives.
2688
2689 @node Prologue Alternatives
2690 @subsection Prologue Alternatives
2691 @cindex Prologue Alternatives
2692
2693 @findex %code
2694 @findex %code requires
2695 @findex %code provides
2696 @findex %code top
2697 (The prologue alternatives described here are experimental.
2698 More user feedback will help to determine whether they should become permanent
2699 features.)
2700
2701 The functionality of @var{Prologue} sections can often be subtle and
2702 inflexible.
2703 As an alternative, Bison provides a %code directive with an explicit qualifier
2704 field, which identifies the purpose of the code and thus the location(s) where
2705 Bison should generate it.
2706 For C/C++, the qualifier can be omitted for the default location, or it can be
2707 one of @code{requires}, @code{provides}, @code{top}.
2708 @xref{Decl Summary,,%code}.
2709
2710 Look again at the example of the previous section:
2711
2712 @smallexample
2713 %@{
2714 #define _GNU_SOURCE
2715 #include <stdio.h>
2716 #include "ptypes.h"
2717 %@}
2718
2719 %union @{
2720 long int n;
2721 tree t; /* @r{@code{tree} is defined in @file{ptypes.h}.} */
2722 @}
2723
2724 %@{
2725 static void print_token_value (FILE *, int, YYSTYPE);
2726 #define YYPRINT(F, N, L) print_token_value (F, N, L)
2727 %@}
2728
2729 @dots{}
2730 @end smallexample
2731
2732 @noindent
2733 Notice that there are two @var{Prologue} sections here, but there's a subtle
2734 distinction between their functionality.
2735 For example, if you decide to override Bison's default definition for
2736 @code{YYLTYPE}, in which @var{Prologue} section should you write your new
2737 definition?
2738 You should write it in the first since Bison will insert that code into the
2739 parser source code file @emph{before} the default @code{YYLTYPE} definition.
2740 In which @var{Prologue} section should you prototype an internal function,
2741 @code{trace_token}, that accepts @code{YYLTYPE} and @code{yytokentype} as
2742 arguments?
2743 You should prototype it in the second since Bison will insert that code
2744 @emph{after} the @code{YYLTYPE} and @code{yytokentype} definitions.
2745
2746 This distinction in functionality between the two @var{Prologue} sections is
2747 established by the appearance of the @code{%union} between them.
2748 This behavior raises a few questions.
2749 First, why should the position of a @code{%union} affect definitions related to
2750 @code{YYLTYPE} and @code{yytokentype}?
2751 Second, what if there is no @code{%union}?
2752 In that case, the second kind of @var{Prologue} section is not available.
2753 This behavior is not intuitive.
2754
2755 To avoid this subtle @code{%union} dependency, rewrite the example using a
2756 @code{%code top} and an unqualified @code{%code}.
2757 Let's go ahead and add the new @code{YYLTYPE} definition and the
2758 @code{trace_token} prototype at the same time:
2759
2760 @smallexample
2761 %code top @{
2762 #define _GNU_SOURCE
2763 #include <stdio.h>
2764
2765 /* WARNING: The following code really belongs
2766 * in a `%code requires'; see below. */
2767
2768 #include "ptypes.h"
2769 #define YYLTYPE YYLTYPE
2770 typedef struct YYLTYPE
2771 @{
2772 int first_line;
2773 int first_column;
2774 int last_line;
2775 int last_column;
2776 char *filename;
2777 @} YYLTYPE;
2778 @}
2779
2780 %union @{
2781 long int n;
2782 tree t; /* @r{@code{tree} is defined in @file{ptypes.h}.} */
2783 @}
2784
2785 %code @{
2786 static void print_token_value (FILE *, int, YYSTYPE);
2787 #define YYPRINT(F, N, L) print_token_value (F, N, L)
2788 static void trace_token (enum yytokentype token, YYLTYPE loc);
2789 @}
2790
2791 @dots{}
2792 @end smallexample
2793
2794 @noindent
2795 In this way, @code{%code top} and the unqualified @code{%code} achieve the same
2796 functionality as the two kinds of @var{Prologue} sections, but it's always
2797 explicit which kind you intend.
2798 Moreover, both kinds are always available even in the absence of @code{%union}.
2799
2800 The @code{%code top} block above logically contains two parts.
2801 The first two lines before the warning need to appear near the top of the
2802 parser source code file.
2803 The first line after the warning is required by @code{YYSTYPE} and thus also
2804 needs to appear in the parser source code file.
2805 However, if you've instructed Bison to generate a parser header file
2806 (@pxref{Decl Summary, ,%defines}), you probably want that line to appear before
2807 the @code{YYSTYPE} definition in that header file as well.
2808 The @code{YYLTYPE} definition should also appear in the parser header file to
2809 override the default @code{YYLTYPE} definition there.
2810
2811 In other words, in the @code{%code top} block above, all but the first two
2812 lines are dependency code required by the @code{YYSTYPE} and @code{YYLTYPE}
2813 definitions.
2814 Thus, they belong in one or more @code{%code requires}:
2815
2816 @smallexample
2817 %code top @{
2818 #define _GNU_SOURCE
2819 #include <stdio.h>
2820 @}
2821
2822 %code requires @{
2823 #include "ptypes.h"
2824 @}
2825 %union @{
2826 long int n;
2827 tree t; /* @r{@code{tree} is defined in @file{ptypes.h}.} */
2828 @}
2829
2830 %code requires @{
2831 #define YYLTYPE YYLTYPE
2832 typedef struct YYLTYPE
2833 @{
2834 int first_line;
2835 int first_column;
2836 int last_line;
2837 int last_column;
2838 char *filename;
2839 @} YYLTYPE;
2840 @}
2841
2842 %code @{
2843 static void print_token_value (FILE *, int, YYSTYPE);
2844 #define YYPRINT(F, N, L) print_token_value (F, N, L)
2845 static void trace_token (enum yytokentype token, YYLTYPE loc);
2846 @}
2847
2848 @dots{}
2849 @end smallexample
2850
2851 @noindent
2852 Now Bison will insert @code{#include "ptypes.h"} and the new @code{YYLTYPE}
2853 definition before the Bison-generated @code{YYSTYPE} and @code{YYLTYPE}
2854 definitions in both the parser source code file and the parser header file.
2855 (By the same reasoning, @code{%code requires} would also be the appropriate
2856 place to write your own definition for @code{YYSTYPE}.)
2857
2858 When you are writing dependency code for @code{YYSTYPE} and @code{YYLTYPE}, you
2859 should prefer @code{%code requires} over @code{%code top} regardless of whether
2860 you instruct Bison to generate a parser header file.
2861 When you are writing code that you need Bison to insert only into the parser
2862 source code file and that has no special need to appear at the top of that
2863 file, you should prefer the unqualified @code{%code} over @code{%code top}.
2864 These practices will make the purpose of each block of your code explicit to
2865 Bison and to other developers reading your grammar file.
2866 Following these practices, we expect the unqualified @code{%code} and
2867 @code{%code requires} to be the most important of the four @var{Prologue}
2868 alternatives.
2869
2870 At some point while developing your parser, you might decide to provide
2871 @code{trace_token} to modules that are external to your parser.
2872 Thus, you might wish for Bison to insert the prototype into both the parser
2873 header file and the parser source code file.
2874 Since this function is not a dependency required by @code{YYSTYPE} or
2875 @code{YYLTYPE}, it doesn't make sense to move its prototype to a
2876 @code{%code requires}.
2877 More importantly, since it depends upon @code{YYLTYPE} and @code{yytokentype},
2878 @code{%code requires} is not sufficient.
2879 Instead, move its prototype from the unqualified @code{%code} to a
2880 @code{%code provides}:
2881
2882 @smallexample
2883 %code top @{
2884 #define _GNU_SOURCE
2885 #include <stdio.h>
2886 @}
2887
2888 %code requires @{
2889 #include "ptypes.h"
2890 @}
2891 %union @{
2892 long int n;
2893 tree t; /* @r{@code{tree} is defined in @file{ptypes.h}.} */
2894 @}
2895
2896 %code requires @{
2897 #define YYLTYPE YYLTYPE
2898 typedef struct YYLTYPE
2899 @{
2900 int first_line;
2901 int first_column;
2902 int last_line;
2903 int last_column;
2904 char *filename;
2905 @} YYLTYPE;
2906 @}
2907
2908 %code provides @{
2909 void trace_token (enum yytokentype token, YYLTYPE loc);
2910 @}
2911
2912 %code @{
2913 static void print_token_value (FILE *, int, YYSTYPE);
2914 #define YYPRINT(F, N, L) print_token_value (F, N, L)
2915 @}
2916
2917 @dots{}
2918 @end smallexample
2919
2920 @noindent
2921 Bison will insert the @code{trace_token} prototype into both the parser header
2922 file and the parser source code file after the definitions for
2923 @code{yytokentype}, @code{YYLTYPE}, and @code{YYSTYPE}.
2924
2925 The above examples are careful to write directives in an order that reflects
2926 the layout of the generated parser source code and header files:
2927 @code{%code top}, @code{%code requires}, @code{%code provides}, and then
2928 @code{%code}.
2929 While your grammar files may generally be easier to read if you also follow
2930 this order, Bison does not require it.
2931 Instead, Bison lets you choose an organization that makes sense to you.
2932
2933 You may declare any of these directives multiple times in the grammar file.
2934 In that case, Bison concatenates the contained code in declaration order.
2935 This is the only way in which the position of one of these directives within
2936 the grammar file affects its functionality.
2937
2938 The result of the previous two properties is greater flexibility in how you may
2939 organize your grammar file.
2940 For example, you may organize semantic-type-related directives by semantic
2941 type:
2942
2943 @smallexample
2944 %code requires @{ #include "type1.h" @}
2945 %union @{ type1 field1; @}
2946 %destructor @{ type1_free ($$); @} <field1>
2947 %printer @{ type1_print ($$); @} <field1>
2948
2949 %code requires @{ #include "type2.h" @}
2950 %union @{ type2 field2; @}
2951 %destructor @{ type2_free ($$); @} <field2>
2952 %printer @{ type2_print ($$); @} <field2>
2953 @end smallexample
2954
2955 @noindent
2956 You could even place each of the above directive groups in the rules section of
2957 the grammar file next to the set of rules that uses the associated semantic
2958 type.
2959 And you don't have to worry that some directive (like a @code{%union}) in the
2960 definitions section is going to adversely affect their functionality in some
2961 counter-intuitive manner just because it comes first.
2962 Such an organization is not possible using @var{Prologue} sections.
2963
2964 This section has been concerned with explaining the advantages of the four
2965 @var{Prologue} alternatives over the original Yacc @var{Prologue}.
2966 However, in most cases when using these directives, you shouldn't need to
2967 think about all the low-level ordering issues discussed here.
2968 Instead, you should simply use these directives to label each block of your
2969 code according to its purpose and let Bison handle the ordering.
2970 @code{%code} is the most generic label.
2971 Move code to @code{%code requires}, @code{%code provides}, or @code{%code top}
2972 as needed.
2973
2974 @node Bison Declarations
2975 @subsection The Bison Declarations Section
2976 @cindex Bison declarations (introduction)
2977 @cindex declarations, Bison (introduction)
2978
2979 The @var{Bison declarations} section contains declarations that define
2980 terminal and nonterminal symbols, specify precedence, and so on.
2981 In some simple grammars you may not need any declarations.
2982 @xref{Declarations, ,Bison Declarations}.
2983
2984 @node Grammar Rules
2985 @subsection The Grammar Rules Section
2986 @cindex grammar rules section
2987 @cindex rules section for grammar
2988
2989 The @dfn{grammar rules} section contains one or more Bison grammar
2990 rules, and nothing else. @xref{Rules, ,Syntax of Grammar Rules}.
2991
2992 There must always be at least one grammar rule, and the first
2993 @samp{%%} (which precedes the grammar rules) may never be omitted even
2994 if it is the first thing in the file.
2995
2996 @node Epilogue
2997 @subsection The epilogue
2998 @cindex additional C code section
2999 @cindex epilogue
3000 @cindex C code, section for additional
3001
3002 The @var{Epilogue} is copied verbatim to the end of the parser file, just as
3003 the @var{Prologue} is copied to the beginning. This is the most convenient
3004 place to put anything that you want to have in the parser file but which need
3005 not come before the definition of @code{yyparse}. For example, the
3006 definitions of @code{yylex} and @code{yyerror} often go here. Because
3007 C requires functions to be declared before being used, you often need
3008 to declare functions like @code{yylex} and @code{yyerror} in the Prologue,
3009 even if you define them in the Epilogue.
3010 @xref{Interface, ,Parser C-Language Interface}.
3011
3012 If the last section is empty, you may omit the @samp{%%} that separates it
3013 from the grammar rules.
3014
3015 The Bison parser itself contains many macros and identifiers whose names
3016 start with @samp{yy} or @samp{YY}, so it is a good idea to avoid using
3017 any such names (except those documented in this manual) in the epilogue
3018 of the grammar file.
3019
3020 @node Symbols
3021 @section Symbols, Terminal and Nonterminal
3022 @cindex nonterminal symbol
3023 @cindex terminal symbol
3024 @cindex token type
3025 @cindex symbol
3026
3027 @dfn{Symbols} in Bison grammars represent the grammatical classifications
3028 of the language.
3029
3030 A @dfn{terminal symbol} (also known as a @dfn{token type}) represents a
3031 class of syntactically equivalent tokens. You use the symbol in grammar
3032 rules to mean that a token in that class is allowed. The symbol is
3033 represented in the Bison parser by a numeric code, and the @code{yylex}
3034 function returns a token type code to indicate what kind of token has
3035 been read. You don't need to know what the code value is; you can use
3036 the symbol to stand for it.
3037
3038 A @dfn{nonterminal symbol} stands for a class of syntactically
3039 equivalent groupings. The symbol name is used in writing grammar rules.
3040 By convention, it should be all lower case.
3041
3042 Symbol names can contain letters, digits (not at the beginning),
3043 underscores and periods. Periods make sense only in nonterminals.
3044
3045 There are three ways of writing terminal symbols in the grammar:
3046
3047 @itemize @bullet
3048 @item
3049 A @dfn{named token type} is written with an identifier, like an
3050 identifier in C@. By convention, it should be all upper case. Each
3051 such name must be defined with a Bison declaration such as
3052 @code{%token}. @xref{Token Decl, ,Token Type Names}.
3053
3054 @item
3055 @cindex character token
3056 @cindex literal token
3057 @cindex single-character literal
3058 A @dfn{character token type} (or @dfn{literal character token}) is
3059 written in the grammar using the same syntax used in C for character
3060 constants; for example, @code{'+'} is a character token type. A
3061 character token type doesn't need to be declared unless you need to
3062 specify its semantic value data type (@pxref{Value Type, ,Data Types of
3063 Semantic Values}), associativity, or precedence (@pxref{Precedence,
3064 ,Operator Precedence}).
3065
3066 By convention, a character token type is used only to represent a
3067 token that consists of that particular character. Thus, the token
3068 type @code{'+'} is used to represent the character @samp{+} as a
3069 token. Nothing enforces this convention, but if you depart from it,
3070 your program will confuse other readers.
3071
3072 All the usual escape sequences used in character literals in C can be
3073 used in Bison as well, but you must not use the null character as a
3074 character literal because its numeric code, zero, signifies
3075 end-of-input (@pxref{Calling Convention, ,Calling Convention
3076 for @code{yylex}}). Also, unlike standard C, trigraphs have no
3077 special meaning in Bison character literals, nor is backslash-newline
3078 allowed.
3079
3080 @item
3081 @cindex string token
3082 @cindex literal string token
3083 @cindex multicharacter literal
3084 A @dfn{literal string token} is written like a C string constant; for
3085 example, @code{"<="} is a literal string token. A literal string token
3086 doesn't need to be declared unless you need to specify its semantic
3087 value data type (@pxref{Value Type}), associativity, or precedence
3088 (@pxref{Precedence}).
3089
3090 You can associate the literal string token with a symbolic name as an
3091 alias, using the @code{%token} declaration (@pxref{Token Decl, ,Token
3092 Declarations}). If you don't do that, the lexical analyzer has to
3093 retrieve the token number for the literal string token from the
3094 @code{yytname} table (@pxref{Calling Convention}).
3095
3096 @strong{Warning}: literal string tokens do not work in Yacc.
3097
3098 By convention, a literal string token is used only to represent a token
3099 that consists of that particular string. Thus, you should use the token
3100 type @code{"<="} to represent the string @samp{<=} as a token. Bison
3101 does not enforce this convention, but if you depart from it, people who
3102 read your program will be confused.
3103
3104 All the escape sequences used in string literals in C can be used in
3105 Bison as well, except that you must not use a null character within a
3106 string literal. Also, unlike Standard C, trigraphs have no special
3107 meaning in Bison string literals, nor is backslash-newline allowed. A
3108 literal string token must contain two or more characters; for a token
3109 containing just one character, use a character token (see above).
3110 @end itemize
3111
3112 How you choose to write a terminal symbol has no effect on its
3113 grammatical meaning. That depends only on where it appears in rules and
3114 on when the parser function returns that symbol.
3115
3116 The value returned by @code{yylex} is always one of the terminal
3117 symbols, except that a zero or negative value signifies end-of-input.
3118 Whichever way you write the token type in the grammar rules, you write
3119 it the same way in the definition of @code{yylex}. The numeric code
3120 for a character token type is simply the positive numeric code of the
3121 character, so @code{yylex} can use the identical value to generate the
3122 requisite code, though you may need to convert it to @code{unsigned
3123 char} to avoid sign-extension on hosts where @code{char} is signed.
3124 Each named token type becomes a C macro in
3125 the parser file, so @code{yylex} can use the name to stand for the code.
3126 (This is why periods don't make sense in terminal symbols.)
3127 @xref{Calling Convention, ,Calling Convention for @code{yylex}}.
3128
3129 If @code{yylex} is defined in a separate file, you need to arrange for the
3130 token-type macro definitions to be available there. Use the @samp{-d}
3131 option when you run Bison, so that it will write these macro definitions
3132 into a separate header file @file{@var{name}.tab.h} which you can include
3133 in the other source files that need it. @xref{Invocation, ,Invoking Bison}.
3134
3135 If you want to write a grammar that is portable to any Standard C
3136 host, you must use only nonnull character tokens taken from the basic
3137 execution character set of Standard C@. This set consists of the ten
3138 digits, the 52 lower- and upper-case English letters, and the
3139 characters in the following C-language string:
3140
3141 @example
3142 "\a\b\t\n\v\f\r !\"#%&'()*+,-./:;<=>?[\\]^_@{|@}~"
3143 @end example
3144
3145 The @code{yylex} function and Bison must use a consistent character set
3146 and encoding for character tokens. For example, if you run Bison in an
3147 @acronym{ASCII} environment, but then compile and run the resulting
3148 program in an environment that uses an incompatible character set like
3149 @acronym{EBCDIC}, the resulting program may not work because the tables
3150 generated by Bison will assume @acronym{ASCII} numeric values for
3151 character tokens. It is standard practice for software distributions to
3152 contain C source files that were generated by Bison in an
3153 @acronym{ASCII} environment, so installers on platforms that are
3154 incompatible with @acronym{ASCII} must rebuild those files before
3155 compiling them.
3156
3157 The symbol @code{error} is a terminal symbol reserved for error recovery
3158 (@pxref{Error Recovery}); you shouldn't use it for any other purpose.
3159 In particular, @code{yylex} should never return this value. The default
3160 value of the error token is 256, unless you explicitly assigned 256 to
3161 one of your tokens with a @code{%token} declaration.
3162
3163 @node Rules
3164 @section Syntax of Grammar Rules
3165 @cindex rule syntax
3166 @cindex grammar rule syntax
3167 @cindex syntax of grammar rules
3168
3169 A Bison grammar rule has the following general form:
3170
3171 @example
3172 @group
3173 @var{result}: @var{components}@dots{}
3174 ;
3175 @end group
3176 @end example
3177
3178 @noindent
3179 where @var{result} is the nonterminal symbol that this rule describes,
3180 and @var{components} are various terminal and nonterminal symbols that
3181 are put together by this rule (@pxref{Symbols}).
3182
3183 For example,
3184
3185 @example
3186 @group
3187 exp: exp '+' exp
3188 ;
3189 @end group
3190 @end example
3191
3192 @noindent
3193 says that two groupings of type @code{exp}, with a @samp{+} token in between,
3194 can be combined into a larger grouping of type @code{exp}.
3195
3196 White space in rules is significant only to separate symbols. You can add
3197 extra white space as you wish.
3198
3199 Scattered among the components can be @var{actions} that determine
3200 the semantics of the rule. An action looks like this:
3201
3202 @example
3203 @{@var{C statements}@}
3204 @end example
3205
3206 @noindent
3207 @cindex braced code
3208 This is an example of @dfn{braced code}, that is, C code surrounded by
3209 braces, much like a compound statement in C@. Braced code can contain
3210 any sequence of C tokens, so long as its braces are balanced. Bison
3211 does not check the braced code for correctness directly; it merely
3212 copies the code to the output file, where the C compiler can check it.
3213
3214 Within braced code, the balanced-brace count is not affected by braces
3215 within comments, string literals, or character constants, but it is
3216 affected by the C digraphs @samp{<%} and @samp{%>} that represent
3217 braces. At the top level braced code must be terminated by @samp{@}}
3218 and not by a digraph. Bison does not look for trigraphs, so if braced
3219 code uses trigraphs you should ensure that they do not affect the
3220 nesting of braces or the boundaries of comments, string literals, or
3221 character constants.
3222
3223 Usually there is only one action and it follows the components.
3224 @xref{Actions}.
3225
3226 @findex |
3227 Multiple rules for the same @var{result} can be written separately or can
3228 be joined with the vertical-bar character @samp{|} as follows:
3229
3230 @example
3231 @group
3232 @var{result}: @var{rule1-components}@dots{}
3233 | @var{rule2-components}@dots{}
3234 @dots{}
3235 ;
3236 @end group
3237 @end example
3238
3239 @noindent
3240 They are still considered distinct rules even when joined in this way.
3241
3242 If @var{components} in a rule is empty, it means that @var{result} can
3243 match the empty string. For example, here is how to define a
3244 comma-separated sequence of zero or more @code{exp} groupings:
3245
3246 @example
3247 @group
3248 expseq: /* empty */
3249 | expseq1
3250 ;
3251 @end group
3252
3253 @group
3254 expseq1: exp
3255 | expseq1 ',' exp
3256 ;
3257 @end group
3258 @end example
3259
3260 @noindent
3261 It is customary to write a comment @samp{/* empty */} in each rule
3262 with no components.
3263
3264 @node Recursion
3265 @section Recursive Rules
3266 @cindex recursive rule
3267
3268 A rule is called @dfn{recursive} when its @var{result} nonterminal
3269 appears also on its right hand side. Nearly all Bison grammars need to
3270 use recursion, because that is the only way to define a sequence of any
3271 number of a particular thing. Consider this recursive definition of a
3272 comma-separated sequence of one or more expressions:
3273
3274 @example
3275 @group
3276 expseq1: exp
3277 | expseq1 ',' exp
3278 ;
3279 @end group
3280 @end example
3281
3282 @cindex left recursion
3283 @cindex right recursion
3284 @noindent
3285 Since the recursive use of @code{expseq1} is the leftmost symbol in the
3286 right hand side, we call this @dfn{left recursion}. By contrast, here
3287 the same construct is defined using @dfn{right recursion}:
3288
3289 @example
3290 @group
3291 expseq1: exp
3292 | exp ',' expseq1
3293 ;
3294 @end group
3295 @end example
3296
3297 @noindent
3298 Any kind of sequence can be defined using either left recursion or right
3299 recursion, but you should always use left recursion, because it can
3300 parse a sequence of any number of elements with bounded stack space.
3301 Right recursion uses up space on the Bison stack in proportion to the
3302 number of elements in the sequence, because all the elements must be
3303 shifted onto the stack before the rule can be applied even once.
3304 @xref{Algorithm, ,The Bison Parser Algorithm}, for further explanation
3305 of this.
3306
3307 @cindex mutual recursion
3308 @dfn{Indirect} or @dfn{mutual} recursion occurs when the result of the
3309 rule does not appear directly on its right hand side, but does appear
3310 in rules for other nonterminals which do appear on its right hand
3311 side.
3312
3313 For example:
3314
3315 @example
3316 @group
3317 expr: primary
3318 | primary '+' primary
3319 ;
3320 @end group
3321
3322 @group
3323 primary: constant
3324 | '(' expr ')'
3325 ;
3326 @end group
3327 @end example
3328
3329 @noindent
3330 defines two mutually-recursive nonterminals, since each refers to the
3331 other.
3332
3333 @node Semantics
3334 @section Defining Language Semantics
3335 @cindex defining language semantics
3336 @cindex language semantics, defining
3337
3338 The grammar rules for a language determine only the syntax. The semantics
3339 are determined by the semantic values associated with various tokens and
3340 groupings, and by the actions taken when various groupings are recognized.
3341
3342 For example, the calculator calculates properly because the value
3343 associated with each expression is the proper number; it adds properly
3344 because the action for the grouping @w{@samp{@var{x} + @var{y}}} is to add
3345 the numbers associated with @var{x} and @var{y}.
3346
3347 @menu
3348 * Value Type:: Specifying one data type for all semantic values.
3349 * Multiple Types:: Specifying several alternative data types.
3350 * Actions:: An action is the semantic definition of a grammar rule.
3351 * Action Types:: Specifying data types for actions to operate on.
3352 * Mid-Rule Actions:: Most actions go at the end of a rule.
3353 This says when, why and how to use the exceptional
3354 action in the middle of a rule.
3355 @end menu
3356
3357 @node Value Type
3358 @subsection Data Types of Semantic Values
3359 @cindex semantic value type
3360 @cindex value type, semantic
3361 @cindex data types of semantic values
3362 @cindex default data type
3363
3364 In a simple program it may be sufficient to use the same data type for
3365 the semantic values of all language constructs. This was true in the
3366 @acronym{RPN} and infix calculator examples (@pxref{RPN Calc, ,Reverse Polish
3367 Notation Calculator}).
3368
3369 Bison normally uses the type @code{int} for semantic values if your
3370 program uses the same data type for all language constructs. To
3371 specify some other type, define @code{YYSTYPE} as a macro, like this:
3372
3373 @example
3374 #define YYSTYPE double
3375 @end example
3376
3377 @noindent
3378 @code{YYSTYPE}'s replacement list should be a type name
3379 that does not contain parentheses or square brackets.
3380 This macro definition must go in the prologue of the grammar file
3381 (@pxref{Grammar Outline, ,Outline of a Bison Grammar}).
3382
3383 @node Multiple Types
3384 @subsection More Than One Value Type
3385
3386 In most programs, you will need different data types for different kinds
3387 of tokens and groupings. For example, a numeric constant may need type
3388 @code{int} or @code{long int}, while a string constant needs type
3389 @code{char *}, and an identifier might need a pointer to an entry in the
3390 symbol table.
3391
3392 To use more than one data type for semantic values in one parser, Bison
3393 requires you to do two things:
3394
3395 @itemize @bullet
3396 @item
3397 Specify the entire collection of possible data types, either by using the
3398 @code{%union} Bison declaration (@pxref{Union Decl, ,The Collection of
3399 Value Types}), or by using a @code{typedef} or a @code{#define} to
3400 define @code{YYSTYPE} to be a union type whose member names are
3401 the type tags.
3402
3403 @item
3404 Choose one of those types for each symbol (terminal or nonterminal) for
3405 which semantic values are used. This is done for tokens with the
3406 @code{%token} Bison declaration (@pxref{Token Decl, ,Token Type Names})
3407 and for groupings with the @code{%type} Bison declaration (@pxref{Type
3408 Decl, ,Nonterminal Symbols}).
3409 @end itemize
3410
3411 @node Actions
3412 @subsection Actions
3413 @cindex action
3414 @vindex $$
3415 @vindex $@var{n}
3416
3417 An action accompanies a syntactic rule and contains C code to be executed
3418 each time an instance of that rule is recognized. The task of most actions
3419 is to compute a semantic value for the grouping built by the rule from the
3420 semantic values associated with tokens or smaller groupings.
3421
3422 An action consists of braced code containing C statements, and can be
3423 placed at any position in the rule;
3424 it is executed at that position. Most rules have just one action at the
3425 end of the rule, following all the components. Actions in the middle of
3426 a rule are tricky and used only for special purposes (@pxref{Mid-Rule
3427 Actions, ,Actions in Mid-Rule}).
3428
3429 The C code in an action can refer to the semantic values of the components
3430 matched by the rule with the construct @code{$@var{n}}, which stands for
3431 the value of the @var{n}th component. The semantic value for the grouping
3432 being constructed is @code{$$}. Bison translates both of these
3433 constructs into expressions of the appropriate type when it copies the
3434 actions into the parser file. @code{$$} is translated to a modifiable
3435 lvalue, so it can be assigned to.
3436
3437 Here is a typical example:
3438
3439 @example
3440 @group
3441 exp: @dots{}
3442 | exp '+' exp
3443 @{ $$ = $1 + $3; @}
3444 @end group
3445 @end example
3446
3447 @noindent
3448 This rule constructs an @code{exp} from two smaller @code{exp} groupings
3449 connected by a plus-sign token. In the action, @code{$1} and @code{$3}
3450 refer to the semantic values of the two component @code{exp} groupings,
3451 which are the first and third symbols on the right hand side of the rule.
3452 The sum is stored into @code{$$} so that it becomes the semantic value of
3453 the addition-expression just recognized by the rule. If there were a
3454 useful semantic value associated with the @samp{+} token, it could be
3455 referred to as @code{$2}.
3456
3457 Note that the vertical-bar character @samp{|} is really a rule
3458 separator, and actions are attached to a single rule. This is a
3459 difference with tools like Flex, for which @samp{|} stands for either
3460 ``or'', or ``the same action as that of the next rule''. In the
3461 following example, the action is triggered only when @samp{b} is found:
3462
3463 @example
3464 @group
3465 a-or-b: 'a'|'b' @{ a_or_b_found = 1; @};
3466 @end group
3467 @end example
3468
3469 @cindex default action
3470 If you don't specify an action for a rule, Bison supplies a default:
3471 @w{@code{$$ = $1}.} Thus, the value of the first symbol in the rule
3472 becomes the value of the whole rule. Of course, the default action is
3473 valid only if the two data types match. There is no meaningful default
3474 action for an empty rule; every empty rule must have an explicit action
3475 unless the rule's value does not matter.
3476
3477 @code{$@var{n}} with @var{n} zero or negative is allowed for reference
3478 to tokens and groupings on the stack @emph{before} those that match the
3479 current rule. This is a very risky practice, and to use it reliably
3480 you must be certain of the context in which the rule is applied. Here
3481 is a case in which you can use this reliably:
3482
3483 @example
3484 @group
3485 foo: expr bar '+' expr @{ @dots{} @}
3486 | expr bar '-' expr @{ @dots{} @}
3487 ;
3488 @end group
3489
3490 @group
3491 bar: /* empty */
3492 @{ previous_expr = $0; @}
3493 ;
3494 @end group
3495 @end example
3496
3497 As long as @code{bar} is used only in the fashion shown here, @code{$0}
3498 always refers to the @code{expr} which precedes @code{bar} in the
3499 definition of @code{foo}.
3500
3501 @vindex yylval
3502 It is also possible to access the semantic value of the lookahead token, if
3503 any, from a semantic action.
3504 This semantic value is stored in @code{yylval}.
3505 @xref{Action Features, ,Special Features for Use in Actions}.
3506
3507 @node Action Types
3508 @subsection Data Types of Values in Actions
3509 @cindex action data types
3510 @cindex data types in actions
3511
3512 If you have chosen a single data type for semantic values, the @code{$$}
3513 and @code{$@var{n}} constructs always have that data type.
3514
3515 If you have used @code{%union} to specify a variety of data types, then you
3516 must declare a choice among these types for each terminal or nonterminal
3517 symbol that can have a semantic value. Then each time you use @code{$$} or
3518 @code{$@var{n}}, its data type is determined by which symbol it refers to
3519 in the rule. In this example,
3520
3521 @example
3522 @group
3523 exp: @dots{}
3524 | exp '+' exp
3525 @{ $$ = $1 + $3; @}
3526 @end group
3527 @end example
3528
3529 @noindent
3530 @code{$1} and @code{$3} refer to instances of @code{exp}, so they all
3531 have the data type declared for the nonterminal symbol @code{exp}. If
3532 @code{$2} were used, it would have the data type declared for the
3533 terminal symbol @code{'+'}, whatever that might be.
3534
3535 Alternatively, you can specify the data type when you refer to the value,
3536 by inserting @samp{<@var{type}>} after the @samp{$} at the beginning of the
3537 reference. For example, if you have defined types as shown here:
3538
3539 @example
3540 @group
3541 %union @{
3542 int itype;
3543 double dtype;
3544 @}
3545 @end group
3546 @end example
3547
3548 @noindent
3549 then you can write @code{$<itype>1} to refer to the first subunit of the
3550 rule as an integer, or @code{$<dtype>1} to refer to it as a double.
3551
3552 @node Mid-Rule Actions
3553 @subsection Actions in Mid-Rule
3554 @cindex actions in mid-rule
3555 @cindex mid-rule actions
3556
3557 Occasionally it is useful to put an action in the middle of a rule.
3558 These actions are written just like usual end-of-rule actions, but they
3559 are executed before the parser even recognizes the following components.
3560
3561 A mid-rule action may refer to the components preceding it using
3562 @code{$@var{n}}, but it may not refer to subsequent components because
3563 it is run before they are parsed.
3564
3565 The mid-rule action itself counts as one of the components of the rule.
3566 This makes a difference when there is another action later in the same rule
3567 (and usually there is another at the end): you have to count the actions
3568 along with the symbols when working out which number @var{n} to use in
3569 @code{$@var{n}}.
3570
3571 The mid-rule action can also have a semantic value. The action can set
3572 its value with an assignment to @code{$$}, and actions later in the rule
3573 can refer to the value using @code{$@var{n}}. Since there is no symbol
3574 to name the action, there is no way to declare a data type for the value
3575 in advance, so you must use the @samp{$<@dots{}>@var{n}} construct to
3576 specify a data type each time you refer to this value.
3577
3578 There is no way to set the value of the entire rule with a mid-rule
3579 action, because assignments to @code{$$} do not have that effect. The
3580 only way to set the value for the entire rule is with an ordinary action
3581 at the end of the rule.
3582
3583 Here is an example from a hypothetical compiler, handling a @code{let}
3584 statement that looks like @samp{let (@var{variable}) @var{statement}} and
3585 serves to create a variable named @var{variable} temporarily for the
3586 duration of @var{statement}. To parse this construct, we must put
3587 @var{variable} into the symbol table while @var{statement} is parsed, then
3588 remove it afterward. Here is how it is done:
3589
3590 @example
3591 @group
3592 stmt: LET '(' var ')'
3593 @{ $<context>$ = push_context ();
3594 declare_variable ($3); @}
3595 stmt @{ $$ = $6;
3596 pop_context ($<context>5); @}
3597 @end group
3598 @end example
3599
3600 @noindent
3601 As soon as @samp{let (@var{variable})} has been recognized, the first
3602 action is run. It saves a copy of the current semantic context (the
3603 list of accessible variables) as its semantic value, using alternative
3604 @code{context} in the data-type union. Then it calls
3605 @code{declare_variable} to add the new variable to that list. Once the
3606 first action is finished, the embedded statement @code{stmt} can be
3607 parsed. Note that the mid-rule action is component number 5, so the
3608 @samp{stmt} is component number 6.
3609
3610 After the embedded statement is parsed, its semantic value becomes the
3611 value of the entire @code{let}-statement. Then the semantic value from the
3612 earlier action is used to restore the prior list of variables. This
3613 removes the temporary @code{let}-variable from the list so that it won't
3614 appear to exist while the rest of the program is parsed.
3615
3616 @findex %destructor
3617 @cindex discarded symbols, mid-rule actions
3618 @cindex error recovery, mid-rule actions
3619 In the above example, if the parser initiates error recovery (@pxref{Error
3620 Recovery}) while parsing the tokens in the embedded statement @code{stmt},
3621 it might discard the previous semantic context @code{$<context>5} without
3622 restoring it.
3623 Thus, @code{$<context>5} needs a destructor (@pxref{Destructor Decl, , Freeing
3624 Discarded Symbols}).
3625 However, Bison currently provides no means to declare a destructor specific to
3626 a particular mid-rule action's semantic value.
3627
3628 One solution is to bury the mid-rule action inside a nonterminal symbol and to
3629 declare a destructor for that symbol:
3630
3631 @example
3632 @group
3633 %type <context> let
3634 %destructor @{ pop_context ($$); @} let
3635
3636 %%
3637
3638 stmt: let stmt
3639 @{ $$ = $2;
3640 pop_context ($1); @}
3641 ;
3642
3643 let: LET '(' var ')'
3644 @{ $$ = push_context ();
3645 declare_variable ($3); @}
3646 ;
3647
3648 @end group
3649 @end example
3650
3651 @noindent
3652 Note that the action is now at the end of its rule.
3653 Any mid-rule action can be converted to an end-of-rule action in this way, and
3654 this is what Bison actually does to implement mid-rule actions.
3655
3656 Taking action before a rule is completely recognized often leads to
3657 conflicts since the parser must commit to a parse in order to execute the
3658 action. For example, the following two rules, without mid-rule actions,
3659 can coexist in a working parser because the parser can shift the open-brace
3660 token and look at what follows before deciding whether there is a
3661 declaration or not:
3662
3663 @example
3664 @group
3665 compound: '@{' declarations statements '@}'
3666 | '@{' statements '@}'
3667 ;
3668 @end group
3669 @end example
3670
3671 @noindent
3672 But when we add a mid-rule action as follows, the rules become nonfunctional:
3673
3674 @example
3675 @group
3676 compound: @{ prepare_for_local_variables (); @}
3677 '@{' declarations statements '@}'
3678 @end group
3679 @group
3680 | '@{' statements '@}'
3681 ;
3682 @end group
3683 @end example
3684
3685 @noindent
3686 Now the parser is forced to decide whether to run the mid-rule action
3687 when it has read no farther than the open-brace. In other words, it
3688 must commit to using one rule or the other, without sufficient
3689 information to do it correctly. (The open-brace token is what is called
3690 the @dfn{lookahead} token at this time, since the parser is still
3691 deciding what to do about it. @xref{Lookahead, ,Lookahead Tokens}.)
3692
3693 You might think that you could correct the problem by putting identical
3694 actions into the two rules, like this:
3695
3696 @example
3697 @group
3698 compound: @{ prepare_for_local_variables (); @}
3699 '@{' declarations statements '@}'
3700 | @{ prepare_for_local_variables (); @}
3701 '@{' statements '@}'
3702 ;
3703 @end group
3704 @end example
3705
3706 @noindent
3707 But this does not help, because Bison does not realize that the two actions
3708 are identical. (Bison never tries to understand the C code in an action.)
3709
3710 If the grammar is such that a declaration can be distinguished from a
3711 statement by the first token (which is true in C), then one solution which
3712 does work is to put the action after the open-brace, like this:
3713
3714 @example
3715 @group
3716 compound: '@{' @{ prepare_for_local_variables (); @}
3717 declarations statements '@}'
3718 | '@{' statements '@}'
3719 ;
3720 @end group
3721 @end example
3722
3723 @noindent
3724 Now the first token of the following declaration or statement,
3725 which would in any case tell Bison which rule to use, can still do so.
3726
3727 Another solution is to bury the action inside a nonterminal symbol which
3728 serves as a subroutine:
3729
3730 @example
3731 @group
3732 subroutine: /* empty */
3733 @{ prepare_for_local_variables (); @}
3734 ;
3735
3736 @end group
3737
3738 @group
3739 compound: subroutine
3740 '@{' declarations statements '@}'
3741 | subroutine
3742 '@{' statements '@}'
3743 ;
3744 @end group
3745 @end example
3746
3747 @noindent
3748 Now Bison can execute the action in the rule for @code{subroutine} without
3749 deciding which rule for @code{compound} it will eventually use.
3750
3751 @node Locations
3752 @section Tracking Locations
3753 @cindex location
3754 @cindex textual location
3755 @cindex location, textual
3756
3757 Though grammar rules and semantic actions are enough to write a fully
3758 functional parser, it can be useful to process some additional information,
3759 especially symbol locations.
3760
3761 The way locations are handled is defined by providing a data type, and
3762 actions to take when rules are matched.
3763
3764 @menu
3765 * Location Type:: Specifying a data type for locations.
3766 * Actions and Locations:: Using locations in actions.
3767 * Location Default Action:: Defining a general way to compute locations.
3768 @end menu
3769
3770 @node Location Type
3771 @subsection Data Type of Locations
3772 @cindex data type of locations
3773 @cindex default location type
3774
3775 Defining a data type for locations is much simpler than for semantic values,
3776 since all tokens and groupings always use the same type.
3777
3778 You can specify the type of locations by defining a macro called
3779 @code{YYLTYPE}, just as you can specify the semantic value type by
3780 defining a @code{YYSTYPE} macro (@pxref{Value Type}).
3781 When @code{YYLTYPE} is not defined, Bison uses a default structure type with
3782 four members:
3783
3784 @example
3785 typedef struct YYLTYPE
3786 @{
3787 int first_line;
3788 int first_column;
3789 int last_line;
3790 int last_column;
3791 @} YYLTYPE;
3792 @end example
3793
3794 At the beginning of the parsing, Bison initializes all these fields to 1
3795 for @code{yylloc}.
3796
3797 @node Actions and Locations
3798 @subsection Actions and Locations
3799 @cindex location actions
3800 @cindex actions, location
3801 @vindex @@$
3802 @vindex @@@var{n}
3803
3804 Actions are not only useful for defining language semantics, but also for
3805 describing the behavior of the output parser with locations.
3806
3807 The most obvious way for building locations of syntactic groupings is very
3808 similar to the way semantic values are computed. In a given rule, several
3809 constructs can be used to access the locations of the elements being matched.
3810 The location of the @var{n}th component of the right hand side is
3811 @code{@@@var{n}}, while the location of the left hand side grouping is
3812 @code{@@$}.
3813
3814 Here is a basic example using the default data type for locations:
3815
3816 @example
3817 @group
3818 exp: @dots{}
3819 | exp '/' exp
3820 @{
3821 @@$.first_column = @@1.first_column;
3822 @@$.first_line = @@1.first_line;
3823 @@$.last_column = @@3.last_column;
3824 @@$.last_line = @@3.last_line;
3825 if ($3)
3826 $$ = $1 / $3;
3827 else
3828 @{
3829 $$ = 1;
3830 fprintf (stderr,
3831 "Division by zero, l%d,c%d-l%d,c%d",
3832 @@3.first_line, @@3.first_column,
3833 @@3.last_line, @@3.last_column);
3834 @}
3835 @}
3836 @end group
3837 @end example
3838
3839 As for semantic values, there is a default action for locations that is
3840 run each time a rule is matched. It sets the beginning of @code{@@$} to the
3841 beginning of the first symbol, and the end of @code{@@$} to the end of the
3842 last symbol.
3843
3844 With this default action, the location tracking can be fully automatic. The
3845 example above simply rewrites this way:
3846
3847 @example
3848 @group
3849 exp: @dots{}
3850 | exp '/' exp
3851 @{
3852 if ($3)
3853 $$ = $1 / $3;
3854 else
3855 @{
3856 $$ = 1;
3857 fprintf (stderr,
3858 "Division by zero, l%d,c%d-l%d,c%d",
3859 @@3.first_line, @@3.first_column,
3860 @@3.last_line, @@3.last_column);
3861 @}
3862 @}
3863 @end group
3864 @end example
3865
3866 @vindex yylloc
3867 It is also possible to access the location of the lookahead token, if any,
3868 from a semantic action.
3869 This location is stored in @code{yylloc}.
3870 @xref{Action Features, ,Special Features for Use in Actions}.
3871
3872 @node Location Default Action
3873 @subsection Default Action for Locations
3874 @vindex YYLLOC_DEFAULT
3875 @cindex @acronym{GLR} parsers and @code{YYLLOC_DEFAULT}
3876
3877 Actually, actions are not the best place to compute locations. Since
3878 locations are much more general than semantic values, there is room in
3879 the output parser to redefine the default action to take for each
3880 rule. The @code{YYLLOC_DEFAULT} macro is invoked each time a rule is
3881 matched, before the associated action is run. It is also invoked
3882 while processing a syntax error, to compute the error's location.
3883 Before reporting an unresolvable syntactic ambiguity, a @acronym{GLR}
3884 parser invokes @code{YYLLOC_DEFAULT} recursively to compute the location
3885 of that ambiguity.
3886
3887 Most of the time, this macro is general enough to suppress location
3888 dedicated code from semantic actions.
3889
3890 The @code{YYLLOC_DEFAULT} macro takes three parameters. The first one is
3891 the location of the grouping (the result of the computation). When a
3892 rule is matched, the second parameter identifies locations of
3893 all right hand side elements of the rule being matched, and the third
3894 parameter is the size of the rule's right hand side.
3895 When a @acronym{GLR} parser reports an ambiguity, which of multiple candidate
3896 right hand sides it passes to @code{YYLLOC_DEFAULT} is undefined.
3897 When processing a syntax error, the second parameter identifies locations
3898 of the symbols that were discarded during error processing, and the third
3899 parameter is the number of discarded symbols.
3900
3901 By default, @code{YYLLOC_DEFAULT} is defined this way:
3902
3903 @smallexample
3904 @group
3905 # define YYLLOC_DEFAULT(Current, Rhs, N) \
3906 do \
3907 if (N) \
3908 @{ \
3909 (Current).first_line = YYRHSLOC(Rhs, 1).first_line; \
3910 (Current).first_column = YYRHSLOC(Rhs, 1).first_column; \
3911 (Current).last_line = YYRHSLOC(Rhs, N).last_line; \
3912 (Current).last_column = YYRHSLOC(Rhs, N).last_column; \
3913 @} \
3914 else \
3915 @{ \
3916 (Current).first_line = (Current).last_line = \
3917 YYRHSLOC(Rhs, 0).last_line; \
3918 (Current).first_column = (Current).last_column = \
3919 YYRHSLOC(Rhs, 0).last_column; \
3920 @} \
3921 while (0)
3922 @end group
3923 @end smallexample
3924
3925 where @code{YYRHSLOC (rhs, k)} is the location of the @var{k}th symbol
3926 in @var{rhs} when @var{k} is positive, and the location of the symbol
3927 just before the reduction when @var{k} and @var{n} are both zero.
3928
3929 When defining @code{YYLLOC_DEFAULT}, you should consider that:
3930
3931 @itemize @bullet
3932 @item
3933 All arguments are free of side-effects. However, only the first one (the
3934 result) should be modified by @code{YYLLOC_DEFAULT}.
3935
3936 @item
3937 For consistency with semantic actions, valid indexes within the
3938 right hand side range from 1 to @var{n}. When @var{n} is zero, only 0 is a
3939 valid index, and it refers to the symbol just before the reduction.
3940 During error processing @var{n} is always positive.
3941
3942 @item
3943 Your macro should parenthesize its arguments, if need be, since the
3944 actual arguments may not be surrounded by parentheses. Also, your
3945 macro should expand to something that can be used as a single
3946 statement when it is followed by a semicolon.
3947 @end itemize
3948
3949 @node Declarations
3950 @section Bison Declarations
3951 @cindex declarations, Bison
3952 @cindex Bison declarations
3953
3954 The @dfn{Bison declarations} section of a Bison grammar defines the symbols
3955 used in formulating the grammar and the data types of semantic values.
3956 @xref{Symbols}.
3957
3958 All token type names (but not single-character literal tokens such as
3959 @code{'+'} and @code{'*'}) must be declared. Nonterminal symbols must be
3960 declared if you need to specify which data type to use for the semantic
3961 value (@pxref{Multiple Types, ,More Than One Value Type}).
3962
3963 The first rule in the file also specifies the start symbol, by default.
3964 If you want some other symbol to be the start symbol, you must declare
3965 it explicitly (@pxref{Language and Grammar, ,Languages and Context-Free
3966 Grammars}).
3967
3968 @menu
3969 * Require Decl:: Requiring a Bison version.
3970 * Token Decl:: Declaring terminal symbols.
3971 * Precedence Decl:: Declaring terminals with precedence and associativity.
3972 * Union Decl:: Declaring the set of all semantic value types.
3973 * Type Decl:: Declaring the choice of type for a nonterminal symbol.
3974 * Initial Action Decl:: Code run before parsing starts.
3975 * Destructor Decl:: Declaring how symbols are freed.
3976 * Expect Decl:: Suppressing warnings about parsing conflicts.
3977 * Start Decl:: Specifying the start symbol.
3978 * Pure Decl:: Requesting a reentrant parser.
3979 * Decl Summary:: Table of all Bison declarations.
3980 @end menu
3981
3982 @node Require Decl
3983 @subsection Require a Version of Bison
3984 @cindex version requirement
3985 @cindex requiring a version of Bison
3986 @findex %require
3987
3988 You may require the minimum version of Bison to process the grammar. If
3989 the requirement is not met, @command{bison} exits with an error (exit
3990 status 63).
3991
3992 @example
3993 %require "@var{version}"
3994 @end example
3995
3996 @node Token Decl
3997 @subsection Token Type Names
3998 @cindex declaring token type names
3999 @cindex token type names, declaring
4000 @cindex declaring literal string tokens
4001 @findex %token
4002
4003 The basic way to declare a token type name (terminal symbol) is as follows:
4004
4005 @example
4006 %token @var{name}
4007 @end example
4008
4009 Bison will convert this into a @code{#define} directive in
4010 the parser, so that the function @code{yylex} (if it is in this file)
4011 can use the name @var{name} to stand for this token type's code.
4012
4013 Alternatively, you can use @code{%left}, @code{%right}, or
4014 @code{%nonassoc} instead of @code{%token}, if you wish to specify
4015 associativity and precedence. @xref{Precedence Decl, ,Operator
4016 Precedence}.
4017
4018 You can explicitly specify the numeric code for a token type by appending
4019 a decimal or hexadecimal integer value in the field immediately
4020 following the token name:
4021
4022 @example
4023 %token NUM 300
4024 %token XNUM 0x12d // a GNU extension
4025 @end example
4026
4027 @noindent
4028 It is generally best, however, to let Bison choose the numeric codes for
4029 all token types. Bison will automatically select codes that don't conflict
4030 with each other or with normal characters.
4031
4032 In the event that the stack type is a union, you must augment the
4033 @code{%token} or other token declaration to include the data type
4034 alternative delimited by angle-brackets (@pxref{Multiple Types, ,More
4035 Than One Value Type}).
4036
4037 For example:
4038
4039 @example
4040 @group
4041 %union @{ /* define stack type */
4042 double val;
4043 symrec *tptr;
4044 @}
4045 %token <val> NUM /* define token NUM and its type */
4046 @end group
4047 @end example
4048
4049 You can associate a literal string token with a token type name by
4050 writing the literal string at the end of a @code{%token}
4051 declaration which declares the name. For example:
4052
4053 @example
4054 %token arrow "=>"
4055 @end example
4056
4057 @noindent
4058 For example, a grammar for the C language might specify these names with
4059 equivalent literal string tokens:
4060
4061 @example
4062 %token <operator> OR "||"
4063 %token <operator> LE 134 "<="
4064 %left OR "<="
4065 @end example
4066
4067 @noindent
4068 Once you equate the literal string and the token name, you can use them
4069 interchangeably in further declarations or the grammar rules. The
4070 @code{yylex} function can use the token name or the literal string to
4071 obtain the token type code number (@pxref{Calling Convention}).
4072
4073 @node Precedence Decl
4074 @subsection Operator Precedence
4075 @cindex precedence declarations
4076 @cindex declaring operator precedence
4077 @cindex operator precedence, declaring
4078
4079 Use the @code{%left}, @code{%right} or @code{%nonassoc} declaration to
4080 declare a token and specify its precedence and associativity, all at
4081 once. These are called @dfn{precedence declarations}.
4082 @xref{Precedence, ,Operator Precedence}, for general information on
4083 operator precedence.
4084
4085 The syntax of a precedence declaration is the same as that of
4086 @code{%token}: either
4087
4088 @example
4089 %left @var{symbols}@dots{}
4090 @end example
4091
4092 @noindent
4093 or
4094
4095 @example
4096 %left <@var{type}> @var{symbols}@dots{}
4097 @end example
4098
4099 And indeed any of these declarations serves the purposes of @code{%token}.
4100 But in addition, they specify the associativity and relative precedence for
4101 all the @var{symbols}:
4102
4103 @itemize @bullet
4104 @item
4105 The associativity of an operator @var{op} determines how repeated uses
4106 of the operator nest: whether @samp{@var{x} @var{op} @var{y} @var{op}
4107 @var{z}} is parsed by grouping @var{x} with @var{y} first or by
4108 grouping @var{y} with @var{z} first. @code{%left} specifies
4109 left-associativity (grouping @var{x} with @var{y} first) and
4110 @code{%right} specifies right-associativity (grouping @var{y} with
4111 @var{z} first). @code{%nonassoc} specifies no associativity, which
4112 means that @samp{@var{x} @var{op} @var{y} @var{op} @var{z}} is
4113 considered a syntax error.
4114
4115 @item
4116 The precedence of an operator determines how it nests with other operators.
4117 All the tokens declared in a single precedence declaration have equal
4118 precedence and nest together according to their associativity.
4119 When two tokens declared in different precedence declarations associate,
4120 the one declared later has the higher precedence and is grouped first.
4121 @end itemize
4122
4123 @node Union Decl
4124 @subsection The Collection of Value Types
4125 @cindex declaring value types
4126 @cindex value types, declaring
4127 @findex %union
4128
4129 The @code{%union} declaration specifies the entire collection of
4130 possible data types for semantic values. The keyword @code{%union} is
4131 followed by braced code containing the same thing that goes inside a
4132 @code{union} in C@.
4133
4134 For example:
4135
4136 @example
4137 @group
4138 %union @{
4139 double val;
4140 symrec *tptr;
4141 @}
4142 @end group
4143 @end example
4144
4145 @noindent
4146 This says that the two alternative types are @code{double} and @code{symrec
4147 *}. They are given names @code{val} and @code{tptr}; these names are used
4148 in the @code{%token} and @code{%type} declarations to pick one of the types
4149 for a terminal or nonterminal symbol (@pxref{Type Decl, ,Nonterminal Symbols}).
4150
4151 As an extension to @acronym{POSIX}, a tag is allowed after the
4152 @code{union}. For example:
4153
4154 @example
4155 @group
4156 %union value @{
4157 double val;
4158 symrec *tptr;
4159 @}
4160 @end group
4161 @end example
4162
4163 @noindent
4164 specifies the union tag @code{value}, so the corresponding C type is
4165 @code{union value}. If you do not specify a tag, it defaults to
4166 @code{YYSTYPE}.
4167
4168 As another extension to @acronym{POSIX}, you may specify multiple
4169 @code{%union} declarations; their contents are concatenated. However,
4170 only the first @code{%union} declaration can specify a tag.
4171
4172 Note that, unlike making a @code{union} declaration in C, you need not write
4173 a semicolon after the closing brace.
4174
4175 Instead of @code{%union}, you can define and use your own union type
4176 @code{YYSTYPE} if your grammar contains at least one
4177 @samp{<@var{type}>} tag. For example, you can put the following into
4178 a header file @file{parser.h}:
4179
4180 @example
4181 @group
4182 union YYSTYPE @{
4183 double val;
4184 symrec *tptr;
4185 @};
4186 typedef union YYSTYPE YYSTYPE;
4187 @end group
4188 @end example
4189
4190 @noindent
4191 and then your grammar can use the following
4192 instead of @code{%union}:
4193
4194 @example
4195 @group
4196 %@{
4197 #include "parser.h"
4198 %@}
4199 %type <val> expr
4200 %token <tptr> ID
4201 @end group
4202 @end example
4203
4204 @node Type Decl
4205 @subsection Nonterminal Symbols
4206 @cindex declaring value types, nonterminals
4207 @cindex value types, nonterminals, declaring
4208 @findex %type
4209
4210 @noindent
4211 When you use @code{%union} to specify multiple value types, you must
4212 declare the value type of each nonterminal symbol for which values are
4213 used. This is done with a @code{%type} declaration, like this:
4214
4215 @example
4216 %type <@var{type}> @var{nonterminal}@dots{}
4217 @end example
4218
4219 @noindent
4220 Here @var{nonterminal} is the name of a nonterminal symbol, and
4221 @var{type} is the name given in the @code{%union} to the alternative
4222 that you want (@pxref{Union Decl, ,The Collection of Value Types}). You
4223 can give any number of nonterminal symbols in the same @code{%type}
4224 declaration, if they have the same value type. Use spaces to separate
4225 the symbol names.
4226
4227 You can also declare the value type of a terminal symbol. To do this,
4228 use the same @code{<@var{type}>} construction in a declaration for the
4229 terminal symbol. All kinds of token declarations allow
4230 @code{<@var{type}>}.
4231
4232 @node Initial Action Decl
4233 @subsection Performing Actions before Parsing
4234 @findex %initial-action
4235
4236 Sometimes your parser needs to perform some initializations before
4237 parsing. The @code{%initial-action} directive allows for such arbitrary
4238 code.
4239
4240 @deffn {Directive} %initial-action @{ @var{code} @}
4241 @findex %initial-action
4242 Declare that the braced @var{code} must be invoked before parsing each time
4243 @code{yyparse} is called. The @var{code} may use @code{$$} and
4244 @code{@@$} --- initial value and location of the lookahead --- and the
4245 @code{%parse-param}.
4246 @end deffn
4247
4248 For instance, if your locations use a file name, you may use
4249
4250 @example
4251 %parse-param @{ char const *file_name @};
4252 %initial-action
4253 @{
4254 @@$.initialize (file_name);
4255 @};
4256 @end example
4257
4258
4259 @node Destructor Decl
4260 @subsection Freeing Discarded Symbols
4261 @cindex freeing discarded symbols
4262 @findex %destructor
4263 @findex <*>
4264 @findex <>
4265 During error recovery (@pxref{Error Recovery}), symbols already pushed
4266 on the stack and tokens coming from the rest of the file are discarded
4267 until the parser falls on its feet. If the parser runs out of memory,
4268 or if it returns via @code{YYABORT} or @code{YYACCEPT}, all the
4269 symbols on the stack must be discarded. Even if the parser succeeds, it
4270 must discard the start symbol.
4271
4272 When discarded symbols convey heap based information, this memory is
4273 lost. While this behavior can be tolerable for batch parsers, such as
4274 in traditional compilers, it is unacceptable for programs like shells or
4275 protocol implementations that may parse and execute indefinitely.
4276
4277 The @code{%destructor} directive defines code that is called when a
4278 symbol is automatically discarded.
4279
4280 @deffn {Directive} %destructor @{ @var{code} @} @var{symbols}
4281 @findex %destructor
4282 Invoke the braced @var{code} whenever the parser discards one of the
4283 @var{symbols}.
4284 Within @var{code}, @code{$$} designates the semantic value associated
4285 with the discarded symbol, and @code{@@$} designates its location.
4286 The additional parser parameters are also available (@pxref{Parser Function, ,
4287 The Parser Function @code{yyparse}}).
4288
4289 When a symbol is listed among @var{symbols}, its @code{%destructor} is called a
4290 per-symbol @code{%destructor}.
4291 You may also define a per-type @code{%destructor} by listing a semantic type
4292 tag among @var{symbols}.
4293 In that case, the parser will invoke this @var{code} whenever it discards any
4294 grammar symbol that has that semantic type tag unless that symbol has its own
4295 per-symbol @code{%destructor}.
4296
4297 Finally, you can define two different kinds of default @code{%destructor}s.
4298 (These default forms are experimental.
4299 More user feedback will help to determine whether they should become permanent
4300 features.)
4301 You can place each of @code{<*>} and @code{<>} in the @var{symbols} list of
4302 exactly one @code{%destructor} declaration in your grammar file.
4303 The parser will invoke the @var{code} associated with one of these whenever it
4304 discards any user-defined grammar symbol that has no per-symbol and no per-type
4305 @code{%destructor}.
4306 The parser uses the @var{code} for @code{<*>} in the case of such a grammar
4307 symbol for which you have formally declared a semantic type tag (@code{%type}
4308 counts as such a declaration, but @code{$<tag>$} does not).
4309 The parser uses the @var{code} for @code{<>} in the case of such a grammar
4310 symbol that has no declared semantic type tag.
4311 @end deffn
4312
4313 @noindent
4314 For example:
4315
4316 @smallexample
4317 %union @{ char *string; @}
4318 %token <string> STRING1
4319 %token <string> STRING2
4320 %type <string> string1
4321 %type <string> string2
4322 %union @{ char character; @}
4323 %token <character> CHR
4324 %type <character> chr
4325 %token TAGLESS
4326
4327 %destructor @{ @} <character>
4328 %destructor @{ free ($$); @} <*>
4329 %destructor @{ free ($$); printf ("%d", @@$.first_line); @} STRING1 string1
4330 %destructor @{ printf ("Discarding tagless symbol.\n"); @} <>
4331 @end smallexample
4332
4333 @noindent
4334 guarantees that, when the parser discards any user-defined symbol that has a
4335 semantic type tag other than @code{<character>}, it passes its semantic value
4336 to @code{free} by default.
4337 However, when the parser discards a @code{STRING1} or a @code{string1}, it also
4338 prints its line number to @code{stdout}.
4339 It performs only the second @code{%destructor} in this case, so it invokes
4340 @code{free} only once.
4341 Finally, the parser merely prints a message whenever it discards any symbol,
4342 such as @code{TAGLESS}, that has no semantic type tag.
4343
4344 A Bison-generated parser invokes the default @code{%destructor}s only for
4345 user-defined as opposed to Bison-defined symbols.
4346 For example, the parser will not invoke either kind of default
4347 @code{%destructor} for the special Bison-defined symbols @code{$accept},
4348 @code{$undefined}, or @code{$end} (@pxref{Table of Symbols, ,Bison Symbols}),
4349 none of which you can reference in your grammar.
4350 It also will not invoke either for the @code{error} token (@pxref{Table of
4351 Symbols, ,error}), which is always defined by Bison regardless of whether you
4352 reference it in your grammar.
4353 However, it may invoke one of them for the end token (token 0) if you
4354 redefine it from @code{$end} to, for example, @code{END}:
4355
4356 @smallexample
4357 %token END 0
4358 @end smallexample
4359
4360 @cindex actions in mid-rule
4361 @cindex mid-rule actions
4362 Finally, Bison will never invoke a @code{%destructor} for an unreferenced
4363 mid-rule semantic value (@pxref{Mid-Rule Actions,,Actions in Mid-Rule}).
4364 That is, Bison does not consider a mid-rule to have a semantic value if you do
4365 not reference @code{$$} in the mid-rule's action or @code{$@var{n}} (where
4366 @var{n} is the RHS symbol position of the mid-rule) in any later action in that
4367 rule.
4368 However, if you do reference either, the Bison-generated parser will invoke the
4369 @code{<>} @code{%destructor} whenever it discards the mid-rule symbol.
4370
4371 @ignore
4372 @noindent
4373 In the future, it may be possible to redefine the @code{error} token as a
4374 nonterminal that captures the discarded symbols.
4375 In that case, the parser will invoke the default destructor for it as well.
4376 @end ignore
4377
4378 @sp 1
4379
4380 @cindex discarded symbols
4381 @dfn{Discarded symbols} are the following:
4382
4383 @itemize
4384 @item
4385 stacked symbols popped during the first phase of error recovery,
4386 @item
4387 incoming terminals during the second phase of error recovery,
4388 @item
4389 the current lookahead and the entire stack (except the current
4390 right-hand side symbols) when the parser returns immediately, and
4391 @item
4392 the start symbol, when the parser succeeds.
4393 @end itemize
4394
4395 The parser can @dfn{return immediately} because of an explicit call to
4396 @code{YYABORT} or @code{YYACCEPT}, or failed error recovery, or memory
4397 exhaustion.
4398
4399 Right-hand side symbols of a rule that explicitly triggers a syntax
4400 error via @code{YYERROR} are not discarded automatically. As a rule
4401 of thumb, destructors are invoked only when user actions cannot manage
4402 the memory.
4403
4404 @node Expect Decl
4405 @subsection Suppressing Conflict Warnings
4406 @cindex suppressing conflict warnings
4407 @cindex preventing warnings about conflicts
4408 @cindex warnings, preventing
4409 @cindex conflicts, suppressing warnings of
4410 @findex %expect
4411 @findex %expect-rr
4412
4413 Bison normally warns if there are any conflicts in the grammar
4414 (@pxref{Shift/Reduce, ,Shift/Reduce Conflicts}), but most real grammars
4415 have harmless shift/reduce conflicts which are resolved in a predictable
4416 way and would be difficult to eliminate. It is desirable to suppress
4417 the warning about these conflicts unless the number of conflicts
4418 changes. You can do this with the @code{%expect} declaration.
4419
4420 The declaration looks like this:
4421
4422 @example
4423 %expect @var{n}
4424 @end example
4425
4426 Here @var{n} is a decimal integer. The declaration says there should
4427 be @var{n} shift/reduce conflicts and no reduce/reduce conflicts.
4428 Bison reports an error if the number of shift/reduce conflicts differs
4429 from @var{n}, or if there are any reduce/reduce conflicts.
4430
4431 For normal @acronym{LALR}(1) parsers, reduce/reduce conflicts are more
4432 serious, and should be eliminated entirely. Bison will always report
4433 reduce/reduce conflicts for these parsers. With @acronym{GLR}
4434 parsers, however, both kinds of conflicts are routine; otherwise,
4435 there would be no need to use @acronym{GLR} parsing. Therefore, it is
4436 also possible to specify an expected number of reduce/reduce conflicts
4437 in @acronym{GLR} parsers, using the declaration:
4438
4439 @example
4440 %expect-rr @var{n}
4441 @end example
4442
4443 In general, using @code{%expect} involves these steps:
4444
4445 @itemize @bullet
4446 @item
4447 Compile your grammar without @code{%expect}. Use the @samp{-v} option
4448 to get a verbose list of where the conflicts occur. Bison will also
4449 print the number of conflicts.
4450
4451 @item
4452 Check each of the conflicts to make sure that Bison's default
4453 resolution is what you really want. If not, rewrite the grammar and
4454 go back to the beginning.
4455
4456 @item
4457 Add an @code{%expect} declaration, copying the number @var{n} from the
4458 number which Bison printed. With @acronym{GLR} parsers, add an
4459 @code{%expect-rr} declaration as well.
4460 @end itemize
4461
4462 Now Bison will warn you if you introduce an unexpected conflict, but
4463 will keep silent otherwise.
4464
4465 @node Start Decl
4466 @subsection The Start-Symbol
4467 @cindex declaring the start symbol
4468 @cindex start symbol, declaring
4469 @cindex default start symbol
4470 @findex %start
4471
4472 Bison assumes by default that the start symbol for the grammar is the first
4473 nonterminal specified in the grammar specification section. The programmer
4474 may override this restriction with the @code{%start} declaration as follows:
4475
4476 @example
4477 %start @var{symbol}
4478 @end example
4479
4480 @node Pure Decl
4481 @subsection A Pure (Reentrant) Parser
4482 @cindex reentrant parser
4483 @cindex pure parser
4484 @findex %pure-parser
4485
4486 A @dfn{reentrant} program is one which does not alter in the course of
4487 execution; in other words, it consists entirely of @dfn{pure} (read-only)
4488 code. Reentrancy is important whenever asynchronous execution is possible;
4489 for example, a nonreentrant program may not be safe to call from a signal
4490 handler. In systems with multiple threads of control, a nonreentrant
4491 program must be called only within interlocks.
4492
4493 Normally, Bison generates a parser which is not reentrant. This is
4494 suitable for most uses, and it permits compatibility with Yacc. (The
4495 standard Yacc interfaces are inherently nonreentrant, because they use
4496 statically allocated variables for communication with @code{yylex},
4497 including @code{yylval} and @code{yylloc}.)
4498
4499 Alternatively, you can generate a pure, reentrant parser. The Bison
4500 declaration @code{%pure-parser} says that you want the parser to be
4501 reentrant. It looks like this:
4502
4503 @example
4504 %pure-parser
4505 @end example
4506
4507 The result is that the communication variables @code{yylval} and
4508 @code{yylloc} become local variables in @code{yyparse}, and a different
4509 calling convention is used for the lexical analyzer function
4510 @code{yylex}. @xref{Pure Calling, ,Calling Conventions for Pure
4511 Parsers}, for the details of this. The variable @code{yynerrs} also
4512 becomes local in @code{yyparse} (@pxref{Error Reporting, ,The Error
4513 Reporting Function @code{yyerror}}). The convention for calling
4514 @code{yyparse} itself is unchanged.
4515
4516 Whether the parser is pure has nothing to do with the grammar rules.
4517 You can generate either a pure parser or a nonreentrant parser from any
4518 valid grammar.
4519
4520 @node Decl Summary
4521 @subsection Bison Declaration Summary
4522 @cindex Bison declaration summary
4523 @cindex declaration summary
4524 @cindex summary, Bison declaration
4525
4526 Here is a summary of the declarations used to define a grammar:
4527
4528 @deffn {Directive} %union
4529 Declare the collection of data types that semantic values may have
4530 (@pxref{Union Decl, ,The Collection of Value Types}).
4531 @end deffn
4532
4533 @deffn {Directive} %token
4534 Declare a terminal symbol (token type name) with no precedence
4535 or associativity specified (@pxref{Token Decl, ,Token Type Names}).
4536 @end deffn
4537
4538 @deffn {Directive} %right
4539 Declare a terminal symbol (token type name) that is right-associative
4540 (@pxref{Precedence Decl, ,Operator Precedence}).
4541 @end deffn
4542
4543 @deffn {Directive} %left
4544 Declare a terminal symbol (token type name) that is left-associative
4545 (@pxref{Precedence Decl, ,Operator Precedence}).
4546 @end deffn
4547
4548 @deffn {Directive} %nonassoc
4549 Declare a terminal symbol (token type name) that is nonassociative
4550 (@pxref{Precedence Decl, ,Operator Precedence}).
4551 Using it in a way that would be associative is a syntax error.
4552 @end deffn
4553
4554 @ifset defaultprec
4555 @deffn {Directive} %default-prec
4556 Assign a precedence to rules lacking an explicit @code{%prec} modifier
4557 (@pxref{Contextual Precedence, ,Context-Dependent Precedence}).
4558 @end deffn
4559 @end ifset
4560
4561 @deffn {Directive} %type
4562 Declare the type of semantic values for a nonterminal symbol
4563 (@pxref{Type Decl, ,Nonterminal Symbols}).
4564 @end deffn
4565
4566 @deffn {Directive} %start
4567 Specify the grammar's start symbol (@pxref{Start Decl, ,The
4568 Start-Symbol}).
4569 @end deffn
4570
4571 @deffn {Directive} %expect
4572 Declare the expected number of shift-reduce conflicts
4573 (@pxref{Expect Decl, ,Suppressing Conflict Warnings}).
4574 @end deffn
4575
4576
4577 @sp 1
4578 @noindent
4579 In order to change the behavior of @command{bison}, use the following
4580 directives:
4581
4582 @deffn {Directive} %code @{@var{code}@}
4583 @findex %code
4584 This is the unqualified form of the @code{%code} directive.
4585 It inserts @var{code} verbatim at a language-dependent default location in the
4586 output@footnote{The default location is actually skeleton-dependent;
4587 writers of non-standard skeletons however should choose the default location
4588 consistently with the behavior of the standard Bison skeletons.}.
4589
4590 @cindex Prologue
4591 For C/C++, the default location is the parser source code
4592 file after the usual contents of the parser header file.
4593 Thus, @code{%code} replaces the traditional Yacc prologue,
4594 @code{%@{@var{code}%@}}, for most purposes.
4595 For a detailed discussion, see @ref{Prologue Alternatives}.
4596
4597 For Java, the default location is inside the parser class.
4598
4599 (Like all the Yacc prologue alternatives, this directive is experimental.
4600 More user feedback will help to determine whether it should become a permanent
4601 feature.)
4602 @end deffn
4603
4604 @deffn {Directive} %code @var{qualifier} @{@var{code}@}
4605 This is the qualified form of the @code{%code} directive.
4606 If you need to specify location-sensitive verbatim @var{code} that does not
4607 belong at the default location selected by the unqualified @code{%code} form,
4608 use this form instead.
4609
4610 @var{qualifier} identifies the purpose of @var{code} and thus the location(s)
4611 where Bison should generate it.
4612 Not all values of @var{qualifier} are available for all target languages:
4613
4614 @itemize @bullet
4615 @findex %code requires
4616 @item requires
4617
4618 @itemize @bullet
4619 @item Language(s): C, C++
4620
4621 @item Purpose: This is the best place to write dependency code required for
4622 @code{YYSTYPE} and @code{YYLTYPE}.
4623 In other words, it's the best place to define types referenced in @code{%union}
4624 directives, and it's the best place to override Bison's default @code{YYSTYPE}
4625 and @code{YYLTYPE} definitions.
4626
4627 @item Location(s): The parser header file and the parser source code file
4628 before the Bison-generated @code{YYSTYPE} and @code{YYLTYPE} definitions.
4629 @end itemize
4630
4631 @item provides
4632 @findex %code provides
4633
4634 @itemize @bullet
4635 @item Language(s): C, C++
4636
4637 @item Purpose: This is the best place to write additional definitions and
4638 declarations that should be provided to other modules.
4639
4640 @item Location(s): The parser header file and the parser source code file after
4641 the Bison-generated @code{YYSTYPE}, @code{YYLTYPE}, and token definitions.
4642 @end itemize
4643
4644 @item top
4645 @findex %code top
4646
4647 @itemize @bullet
4648 @item Language(s): C, C++
4649
4650 @item Purpose: The unqualified @code{%code} or @code{%code requires} should
4651 usually be more appropriate than @code{%code top}.
4652 However, occasionally it is necessary to insert code much nearer the top of the
4653 parser source code file.
4654 For example:
4655
4656 @smallexample
4657 %code top @{
4658 #define _GNU_SOURCE
4659 #include <stdio.h>
4660 @}
4661 @end smallexample
4662
4663 @item Location(s): Near the top of the parser source code file.
4664 @end itemize
4665
4666 @item imports
4667 @findex %code imports
4668
4669 @itemize @bullet
4670 @item Language(s): Java
4671
4672 @item Purpose: This is the best place to write Java import directives.
4673
4674 @item Location(s): The parser Java file after any Java package directive and
4675 before any class definitions.
4676 @end itemize
4677 @end itemize
4678
4679 (Like all the Yacc prologue alternatives, this directive is experimental.
4680 More user feedback will help to determine whether it should become a permanent
4681 feature.)
4682
4683 @cindex Prologue
4684 For a detailed discussion of how to use @code{%code} in place of the
4685 traditional Yacc prologue for C/C++, see @ref{Prologue Alternatives}.
4686 @end deffn
4687
4688 @deffn {Directive} %debug
4689 In the parser file, define the macro @code{YYDEBUG} to 1 if it is not
4690 already defined, so that the debugging facilities are compiled.
4691 @end deffn
4692 @xref{Tracing, ,Tracing Your Parser}.
4693
4694 @deffn {Directive} %define @var{variable}
4695 @deffnx {Directive} %define @var{variable} "@var{value}"
4696 Define a variable to adjust Bison's behavior.
4697 The possible choices for @var{variable}, as well as their meanings, depend on
4698 the selected target language and/or the parser skeleton (@pxref{Decl
4699 Summary,,%language}).
4700
4701 Bison will warn if a @var{variable} is defined multiple times.
4702
4703 Omitting @code{"@var{value}"} is always equivalent to specifying it as
4704 @code{""}.
4705
4706 Some @var{variable}s may be used as booleans.
4707 In this case, Bison will complain if the variable definition does not meet one
4708 of the following four conditions:
4709
4710 @enumerate
4711 @item @code{"@var{value}"} is @code{"true"}
4712
4713 @item @code{"@var{value}"} is omitted (or is @code{""}).
4714 This is equivalent to @code{"true"}.
4715
4716 @item @code{"@var{value}"} is @code{"false"}.
4717
4718 @item @var{variable} is never defined.
4719 In this case, Bison selects a default value, which may depend on the selected
4720 target language and/or parser skeleton.
4721 @end enumerate
4722 @end deffn
4723
4724 @deffn {Directive} %defines
4725 Write a header file containing macro definitions for the token type
4726 names defined in the grammar as well as a few other declarations.
4727 If the parser output file is named @file{@var{name}.c} then this file
4728 is named @file{@var{name}.h}.
4729
4730 For C parsers, the output header declares @code{YYSTYPE} unless
4731 @code{YYSTYPE} is already defined as a macro or you have used a
4732 @code{<@var{type}>} tag without using @code{%union}.
4733 Therefore, if you are using a @code{%union}
4734 (@pxref{Multiple Types, ,More Than One Value Type}) with components that
4735 require other definitions, or if you have defined a @code{YYSTYPE} macro
4736 or type definition
4737 (@pxref{Value Type, ,Data Types of Semantic Values}), you need to
4738 arrange for these definitions to be propagated to all modules, e.g., by
4739 putting them in a prerequisite header that is included both by your
4740 parser and by any other module that needs @code{YYSTYPE}.
4741
4742 Unless your parser is pure, the output header declares @code{yylval}
4743 as an external variable. @xref{Pure Decl, ,A Pure (Reentrant)
4744 Parser}.
4745
4746 If you have also used locations, the output header declares
4747 @code{YYLTYPE} and @code{yylloc} using a protocol similar to that of
4748 the @code{YYSTYPE} macro and @code{yylval}. @xref{Locations, ,Tracking
4749 Locations}.
4750
4751 This output file is normally essential if you wish to put the definition
4752 of @code{yylex} in a separate source file, because @code{yylex}
4753 typically needs to be able to refer to the above-mentioned declarations
4754 and to the token type codes. @xref{Token Values, ,Semantic Values of
4755 Tokens}.
4756
4757 @findex %code requires
4758 @findex %code provides
4759 If you have declared @code{%code requires} or @code{%code provides}, the output
4760 header also contains their code.
4761 @xref{Decl Summary, ,%code}.
4762 @end deffn
4763
4764 @deffn {Directive} %defines @var{defines-file}
4765 Same as above, but save in the file @var{defines-file}.
4766 @end deffn
4767
4768 @deffn {Directive} %destructor
4769 Specify how the parser should reclaim the memory associated to
4770 discarded symbols. @xref{Destructor Decl, , Freeing Discarded Symbols}.
4771 @end deffn
4772
4773 @deffn {Directive} %file-prefix "@var{prefix}"
4774 Specify a prefix to use for all Bison output file names. The names are
4775 chosen as if the input file were named @file{@var{prefix}.y}.
4776 @end deffn
4777
4778 @deffn {Directive} %language "@var{language}"
4779 Specify the programming language for the generated parser. Currently
4780 supported languages include C and C++.
4781 @var{language} is case-insensitive.
4782 @end deffn
4783
4784 @deffn {Directive} %locations
4785 Generate the code processing the locations (@pxref{Action Features,
4786 ,Special Features for Use in Actions}). This mode is enabled as soon as
4787 the grammar uses the special @samp{@@@var{n}} tokens, but if your
4788 grammar does not use it, using @samp{%locations} allows for more
4789 accurate syntax error messages.
4790 @end deffn
4791
4792 @deffn {Directive} %name-prefix "@var{prefix}"
4793 Rename the external symbols used in the parser so that they start with
4794 @var{prefix} instead of @samp{yy}. The precise list of symbols renamed
4795 in C parsers
4796 is @code{yyparse}, @code{yylex}, @code{yyerror}, @code{yynerrs},
4797 @code{yylval}, @code{yychar}, @code{yydebug}, and
4798 (if locations are used) @code{yylloc}. For example, if you use
4799 @samp{%name-prefix "c_"}, the names become @code{c_parse}, @code{c_lex},
4800 and so on. In C++ parsers, it is only the surrounding namespace which is
4801 named @var{prefix} instead of @samp{yy}.
4802 @xref{Multiple Parsers, ,Multiple Parsers in the Same Program}.
4803 @end deffn
4804
4805 @ifset defaultprec
4806 @deffn {Directive} %no-default-prec
4807 Do not assign a precedence to rules lacking an explicit @code{%prec}
4808 modifier (@pxref{Contextual Precedence, ,Context-Dependent
4809 Precedence}).
4810 @end deffn
4811 @end ifset
4812
4813 @deffn {Directive} %no-parser
4814 Do not include any C code in the parser file; generate tables only. The
4815 parser file contains just @code{#define} directives and static variable
4816 declarations.
4817
4818 This option also tells Bison to write the C code for the grammar actions
4819 into a file named @file{@var{file}.act}, in the form of a
4820 brace-surrounded body fit for a @code{switch} statement.
4821 @end deffn
4822
4823 @deffn {Directive} %no-lines
4824 Don't generate any @code{#line} preprocessor commands in the parser
4825 file. Ordinarily Bison writes these commands in the parser file so that
4826 the C compiler and debuggers will associate errors and object code with
4827 your source file (the grammar file). This directive causes them to
4828 associate errors with the parser file, treating it an independent source
4829 file in its own right.
4830 @end deffn
4831
4832 @deffn {Directive} %output "@var{file}"
4833 Specify @var{file} for the parser file.
4834 @end deffn
4835
4836 @deffn {Directive} %pure-parser
4837 Request a pure (reentrant) parser program (@pxref{Pure Decl, ,A Pure
4838 (Reentrant) Parser}).
4839 @end deffn
4840
4841 @deffn {Directive} %require "@var{version}"
4842 Require version @var{version} or higher of Bison. @xref{Require Decl, ,
4843 Require a Version of Bison}.
4844 @end deffn
4845
4846 @deffn {Directive} %skeleton "@var{file}"
4847 Specify the skeleton to use.
4848
4849 You probably don't need this option unless you are developing Bison.
4850 You should use @code{%language} if you want to specify the skeleton for a
4851 different language, because it is clearer and because it will always choose the
4852 correct skeleton for non-deterministic or push parsers.
4853
4854 If @var{file} does not contain a @code{/}, @var{file} is the name of a skeleton
4855 file in the Bison installation directory.
4856 If it does, @var{file} is an absolute file name or a file name relative to the
4857 directory of the grammar file.
4858 This is similar to how most shells resolve commands.
4859 @end deffn
4860
4861 @deffn {Directive} %token-table
4862 Generate an array of token names in the parser file. The name of the
4863 array is @code{yytname}; @code{yytname[@var{i}]} is the name of the
4864 token whose internal Bison token code number is @var{i}. The first
4865 three elements of @code{yytname} correspond to the predefined tokens
4866 @code{"$end"},
4867 @code{"error"}, and @code{"$undefined"}; after these come the symbols
4868 defined in the grammar file.
4869
4870 The name in the table includes all the characters needed to represent
4871 the token in Bison. For single-character literals and literal
4872 strings, this includes the surrounding quoting characters and any
4873 escape sequences. For example, the Bison single-character literal
4874 @code{'+'} corresponds to a three-character name, represented in C as
4875 @code{"'+'"}; and the Bison two-character literal string @code{"\\/"}
4876 corresponds to a five-character name, represented in C as
4877 @code{"\"\\\\/\""}.
4878
4879 When you specify @code{%token-table}, Bison also generates macro
4880 definitions for macros @code{YYNTOKENS}, @code{YYNNTS}, and
4881 @code{YYNRULES}, and @code{YYNSTATES}:
4882
4883 @table @code
4884 @item YYNTOKENS
4885 The highest token number, plus one.
4886 @item YYNNTS
4887 The number of nonterminal symbols.
4888 @item YYNRULES
4889 The number of grammar rules,
4890 @item YYNSTATES
4891 The number of parser states (@pxref{Parser States}).
4892 @end table
4893 @end deffn
4894
4895 @deffn {Directive} %verbose
4896 Write an extra output file containing verbose descriptions of the
4897 parser states and what is done for each type of lookahead token in
4898 that state. @xref{Understanding, , Understanding Your Parser}, for more
4899 information.
4900 @end deffn
4901
4902 @deffn {Directive} %yacc
4903 Pretend the option @option{--yacc} was given, i.e., imitate Yacc,
4904 including its naming conventions. @xref{Bison Options}, for more.
4905 @end deffn
4906
4907
4908 @node Multiple Parsers
4909 @section Multiple Parsers in the Same Program
4910
4911 Most programs that use Bison parse only one language and therefore contain
4912 only one Bison parser. But what if you want to parse more than one
4913 language with the same program? Then you need to avoid a name conflict
4914 between different definitions of @code{yyparse}, @code{yylval}, and so on.
4915
4916 The easy way to do this is to use the option @samp{-p @var{prefix}}
4917 (@pxref{Invocation, ,Invoking Bison}). This renames the interface
4918 functions and variables of the Bison parser to start with @var{prefix}
4919 instead of @samp{yy}. You can use this to give each parser distinct
4920 names that do not conflict.
4921
4922 The precise list of symbols renamed is @code{yyparse}, @code{yylex},
4923 @code{yyerror}, @code{yynerrs}, @code{yylval}, @code{yylloc},
4924 @code{yychar} and @code{yydebug}. For example, if you use @samp{-p c},
4925 the names become @code{cparse}, @code{clex}, and so on.
4926
4927 @strong{All the other variables and macros associated with Bison are not
4928 renamed.} These others are not global; there is no conflict if the same
4929 name is used in different parsers. For example, @code{YYSTYPE} is not
4930 renamed, but defining this in different ways in different parsers causes
4931 no trouble (@pxref{Value Type, ,Data Types of Semantic Values}).
4932
4933 The @samp{-p} option works by adding macro definitions to the beginning
4934 of the parser source file, defining @code{yyparse} as
4935 @code{@var{prefix}parse}, and so on. This effectively substitutes one
4936 name for the other in the entire parser file.
4937
4938 @node Interface
4939 @chapter Parser C-Language Interface
4940 @cindex C-language interface
4941 @cindex interface
4942
4943 The Bison parser is actually a C function named @code{yyparse}. Here we
4944 describe the interface conventions of @code{yyparse} and the other
4945 functions that it needs to use.
4946
4947 Keep in mind that the parser uses many C identifiers starting with
4948 @samp{yy} and @samp{YY} for internal purposes. If you use such an
4949 identifier (aside from those in this manual) in an action or in epilogue
4950 in the grammar file, you are likely to run into trouble.
4951
4952 @menu
4953 * Parser Function:: How to call @code{yyparse} and what it returns.
4954 * Lexical:: You must supply a function @code{yylex}
4955 which reads tokens.
4956 * Error Reporting:: You must supply a function @code{yyerror}.
4957 * Action Features:: Special features for use in actions.
4958 * Internationalization:: How to let the parser speak in the user's
4959 native language.
4960 @end menu
4961
4962 @node Parser Function
4963 @section The Parser Function @code{yyparse}
4964 @findex yyparse
4965
4966 You call the function @code{yyparse} to cause parsing to occur. This
4967 function reads tokens, executes actions, and ultimately returns when it
4968 encounters end-of-input or an unrecoverable syntax error. You can also
4969 write an action which directs @code{yyparse} to return immediately
4970 without reading further.
4971
4972
4973 @deftypefun int yyparse (void)
4974 The value returned by @code{yyparse} is 0 if parsing was successful (return
4975 is due to end-of-input).
4976
4977 The value is 1 if parsing failed because of invalid input, i.e., input
4978 that contains a syntax error or that causes @code{YYABORT} to be
4979 invoked.
4980
4981 The value is 2 if parsing failed due to memory exhaustion.
4982 @end deftypefun
4983
4984 In an action, you can cause immediate return from @code{yyparse} by using
4985 these macros:
4986
4987 @defmac YYACCEPT
4988 @findex YYACCEPT
4989 Return immediately with value 0 (to report success).
4990 @end defmac
4991
4992 @defmac YYABORT
4993 @findex YYABORT
4994 Return immediately with value 1 (to report failure).
4995 @end defmac
4996
4997 If you use a reentrant parser, you can optionally pass additional
4998 parameter information to it in a reentrant way. To do so, use the
4999 declaration @code{%parse-param}:
5000
5001 @deffn {Directive} %parse-param @{@var{argument-declaration}@}
5002 @findex %parse-param
5003 Declare that an argument declared by the braced-code
5004 @var{argument-declaration} is an additional @code{yyparse} argument.
5005 The @var{argument-declaration} is used when declaring
5006 functions or prototypes. The last identifier in
5007 @var{argument-declaration} must be the argument name.
5008 @end deffn
5009
5010 Here's an example. Write this in the parser:
5011
5012 @example
5013 %parse-param @{int *nastiness@}
5014 %parse-param @{int *randomness@}
5015 @end example
5016
5017 @noindent
5018 Then call the parser like this:
5019
5020 @example
5021 @{
5022 int nastiness, randomness;
5023 @dots{} /* @r{Store proper data in @code{nastiness} and @code{randomness}.} */
5024 value = yyparse (&nastiness, &randomness);
5025 @dots{}
5026 @}
5027 @end example
5028
5029 @noindent
5030 In the grammar actions, use expressions like this to refer to the data:
5031
5032 @example
5033 exp: @dots{} @{ @dots{}; *randomness += 1; @dots{} @}
5034 @end example
5035
5036
5037 @node Lexical
5038 @section The Lexical Analyzer Function @code{yylex}
5039 @findex yylex
5040 @cindex lexical analyzer
5041
5042 The @dfn{lexical analyzer} function, @code{yylex}, recognizes tokens from
5043 the input stream and returns them to the parser. Bison does not create
5044 this function automatically; you must write it so that @code{yyparse} can
5045 call it. The function is sometimes referred to as a lexical scanner.
5046
5047 In simple programs, @code{yylex} is often defined at the end of the Bison
5048 grammar file. If @code{yylex} is defined in a separate source file, you
5049 need to arrange for the token-type macro definitions to be available there.
5050 To do this, use the @samp{-d} option when you run Bison, so that it will
5051 write these macro definitions into a separate header file
5052 @file{@var{name}.tab.h} which you can include in the other source files
5053 that need it. @xref{Invocation, ,Invoking Bison}.
5054
5055 @menu
5056 * Calling Convention:: How @code{yyparse} calls @code{yylex}.
5057 * Token Values:: How @code{yylex} must return the semantic value
5058 of the token it has read.
5059 * Token Locations:: How @code{yylex} must return the text location
5060 (line number, etc.) of the token, if the
5061 actions want that.
5062 * Pure Calling:: How the calling convention differs
5063 in a pure parser (@pxref{Pure Decl, ,A Pure (Reentrant) Parser}).
5064 @end menu
5065
5066 @node Calling Convention
5067 @subsection Calling Convention for @code{yylex}
5068
5069 The value that @code{yylex} returns must be the positive numeric code
5070 for the type of token it has just found; a zero or negative value
5071 signifies end-of-input.
5072
5073 When a token is referred to in the grammar rules by a name, that name
5074 in the parser file becomes a C macro whose definition is the proper
5075 numeric code for that token type. So @code{yylex} can use the name
5076 to indicate that type. @xref{Symbols}.
5077
5078 When a token is referred to in the grammar rules by a character literal,
5079 the numeric code for that character is also the code for the token type.
5080 So @code{yylex} can simply return that character code, possibly converted
5081 to @code{unsigned char} to avoid sign-extension. The null character
5082 must not be used this way, because its code is zero and that
5083 signifies end-of-input.
5084
5085 Here is an example showing these things:
5086
5087 @example
5088 int
5089 yylex (void)
5090 @{
5091 @dots{}
5092 if (c == EOF) /* Detect end-of-input. */
5093 return 0;
5094 @dots{}
5095 if (c == '+' || c == '-')
5096 return c; /* Assume token type for `+' is '+'. */
5097 @dots{}
5098 return INT; /* Return the type of the token. */
5099 @dots{}
5100 @}
5101 @end example
5102
5103 @noindent
5104 This interface has been designed so that the output from the @code{lex}
5105 utility can be used without change as the definition of @code{yylex}.
5106
5107 If the grammar uses literal string tokens, there are two ways that
5108 @code{yylex} can determine the token type codes for them:
5109
5110 @itemize @bullet
5111 @item
5112 If the grammar defines symbolic token names as aliases for the
5113 literal string tokens, @code{yylex} can use these symbolic names like
5114 all others. In this case, the use of the literal string tokens in
5115 the grammar file has no effect on @code{yylex}.
5116
5117 @item
5118 @code{yylex} can find the multicharacter token in the @code{yytname}
5119 table. The index of the token in the table is the token type's code.
5120 The name of a multicharacter token is recorded in @code{yytname} with a
5121 double-quote, the token's characters, and another double-quote. The
5122 token's characters are escaped as necessary to be suitable as input
5123 to Bison.
5124
5125 Here's code for looking up a multicharacter token in @code{yytname},
5126 assuming that the characters of the token are stored in
5127 @code{token_buffer}, and assuming that the token does not contain any
5128 characters like @samp{"} that require escaping.
5129
5130 @smallexample
5131 for (i = 0; i < YYNTOKENS; i++)
5132 @{
5133 if (yytname[i] != 0
5134 && yytname[i][0] == '"'
5135 && ! strncmp (yytname[i] + 1, token_buffer,
5136 strlen (token_buffer))
5137 && yytname[i][strlen (token_buffer) + 1] == '"'
5138 && yytname[i][strlen (token_buffer) + 2] == 0)
5139 break;
5140 @}
5141 @end smallexample
5142
5143 The @code{yytname} table is generated only if you use the
5144 @code{%token-table} declaration. @xref{Decl Summary}.
5145 @end itemize
5146
5147 @node Token Values
5148 @subsection Semantic Values of Tokens
5149
5150 @vindex yylval
5151 In an ordinary (nonreentrant) parser, the semantic value of the token must
5152 be stored into the global variable @code{yylval}. When you are using
5153 just one data type for semantic values, @code{yylval} has that type.
5154 Thus, if the type is @code{int} (the default), you might write this in
5155 @code{yylex}:
5156
5157 @example
5158 @group
5159 @dots{}
5160 yylval = value; /* Put value onto Bison stack. */
5161 return INT; /* Return the type of the token. */
5162 @dots{}
5163 @end group
5164 @end example
5165
5166 When you are using multiple data types, @code{yylval}'s type is a union
5167 made from the @code{%union} declaration (@pxref{Union Decl, ,The
5168 Collection of Value Types}). So when you store a token's value, you
5169 must use the proper member of the union. If the @code{%union}
5170 declaration looks like this:
5171
5172 @example
5173 @group
5174 %union @{
5175 int intval;
5176 double val;
5177 symrec *tptr;
5178 @}
5179 @end group
5180 @end example
5181
5182 @noindent
5183 then the code in @code{yylex} might look like this:
5184
5185 @example
5186 @group
5187 @dots{}
5188 yylval.intval = value; /* Put value onto Bison stack. */
5189 return INT; /* Return the type of the token. */
5190 @dots{}
5191 @end group
5192 @end example
5193
5194 @node Token Locations
5195 @subsection Textual Locations of Tokens
5196
5197 @vindex yylloc
5198 If you are using the @samp{@@@var{n}}-feature (@pxref{Locations, ,
5199 Tracking Locations}) in actions to keep track of the textual locations
5200 of tokens and groupings, then you must provide this information in
5201 @code{yylex}. The function @code{yyparse} expects to find the textual
5202 location of a token just parsed in the global variable @code{yylloc}.
5203 So @code{yylex} must store the proper data in that variable.
5204
5205 By default, the value of @code{yylloc} is a structure and you need only
5206 initialize the members that are going to be used by the actions. The
5207 four members are called @code{first_line}, @code{first_column},
5208 @code{last_line} and @code{last_column}. Note that the use of this
5209 feature makes the parser noticeably slower.
5210
5211 @tindex YYLTYPE
5212 The data type of @code{yylloc} has the name @code{YYLTYPE}.
5213
5214 @node Pure Calling
5215 @subsection Calling Conventions for Pure Parsers
5216
5217 When you use the Bison declaration @code{%pure-parser} to request a
5218 pure, reentrant parser, the global communication variables @code{yylval}
5219 and @code{yylloc} cannot be used. (@xref{Pure Decl, ,A Pure (Reentrant)
5220 Parser}.) In such parsers the two global variables are replaced by
5221 pointers passed as arguments to @code{yylex}. You must declare them as
5222 shown here, and pass the information back by storing it through those
5223 pointers.
5224
5225 @example
5226 int
5227 yylex (YYSTYPE *lvalp, YYLTYPE *llocp)
5228 @{
5229 @dots{}
5230 *lvalp = value; /* Put value onto Bison stack. */
5231 return INT; /* Return the type of the token. */
5232 @dots{}
5233 @}
5234 @end example
5235
5236 If the grammar file does not use the @samp{@@} constructs to refer to
5237 textual locations, then the type @code{YYLTYPE} will not be defined. In
5238 this case, omit the second argument; @code{yylex} will be called with
5239 only one argument.
5240
5241
5242 If you wish to pass the additional parameter data to @code{yylex}, use
5243 @code{%lex-param} just like @code{%parse-param} (@pxref{Parser
5244 Function}).
5245
5246 @deffn {Directive} lex-param @{@var{argument-declaration}@}
5247 @findex %lex-param
5248 Declare that the braced-code @var{argument-declaration} is an
5249 additional @code{yylex} argument declaration.
5250 @end deffn
5251
5252 For instance:
5253
5254 @example
5255 %parse-param @{int *nastiness@}
5256 %lex-param @{int *nastiness@}
5257 %parse-param @{int *randomness@}
5258 @end example
5259
5260 @noindent
5261 results in the following signature:
5262
5263 @example
5264 int yylex (int *nastiness);
5265 int yyparse (int *nastiness, int *randomness);
5266 @end example
5267
5268 If @code{%pure-parser} is added:
5269
5270 @example
5271 int yylex (YYSTYPE *lvalp, int *nastiness);
5272 int yyparse (int *nastiness, int *randomness);
5273 @end example
5274
5275 @noindent
5276 and finally, if both @code{%pure-parser} and @code{%locations} are used:
5277
5278 @example
5279 int yylex (YYSTYPE *lvalp, YYLTYPE *llocp, int *nastiness);
5280 int yyparse (int *nastiness, int *randomness);
5281 @end example
5282
5283 @node Error Reporting
5284 @section The Error Reporting Function @code{yyerror}
5285 @cindex error reporting function
5286 @findex yyerror
5287 @cindex parse error
5288 @cindex syntax error
5289
5290 The Bison parser detects a @dfn{syntax error} or @dfn{parse error}
5291 whenever it reads a token which cannot satisfy any syntax rule. An
5292 action in the grammar can also explicitly proclaim an error, using the
5293 macro @code{YYERROR} (@pxref{Action Features, ,Special Features for Use
5294 in Actions}).
5295
5296 The Bison parser expects to report the error by calling an error
5297 reporting function named @code{yyerror}, which you must supply. It is
5298 called by @code{yyparse} whenever a syntax error is found, and it
5299 receives one argument. For a syntax error, the string is normally
5300 @w{@code{"syntax error"}}.
5301
5302 @findex %error-verbose
5303 If you invoke the directive @code{%error-verbose} in the Bison
5304 declarations section (@pxref{Bison Declarations, ,The Bison Declarations
5305 Section}), then Bison provides a more verbose and specific error message
5306 string instead of just plain @w{@code{"syntax error"}}.
5307
5308 The parser can detect one other kind of error: memory exhaustion. This
5309 can happen when the input contains constructions that are very deeply
5310 nested. It isn't likely you will encounter this, since the Bison
5311 parser normally extends its stack automatically up to a very large limit. But
5312 if memory is exhausted, @code{yyparse} calls @code{yyerror} in the usual
5313 fashion, except that the argument string is @w{@code{"memory exhausted"}}.
5314
5315 In some cases diagnostics like @w{@code{"syntax error"}} are
5316 translated automatically from English to some other language before
5317 they are passed to @code{yyerror}. @xref{Internationalization}.
5318
5319 The following definition suffices in simple programs:
5320
5321 @example
5322 @group
5323 void
5324 yyerror (char const *s)
5325 @{
5326 @end group
5327 @group
5328 fprintf (stderr, "%s\n", s);
5329 @}
5330 @end group
5331 @end example
5332
5333 After @code{yyerror} returns to @code{yyparse}, the latter will attempt
5334 error recovery if you have written suitable error recovery grammar rules
5335 (@pxref{Error Recovery}). If recovery is impossible, @code{yyparse} will
5336 immediately return 1.
5337
5338 Obviously, in location tracking pure parsers, @code{yyerror} should have
5339 an access to the current location.
5340 This is indeed the case for the @acronym{GLR}
5341 parsers, but not for the Yacc parser, for historical reasons. I.e., if
5342 @samp{%locations %pure-parser} is passed then the prototypes for
5343 @code{yyerror} are:
5344
5345 @example
5346 void yyerror (char const *msg); /* Yacc parsers. */
5347 void yyerror (YYLTYPE *locp, char const *msg); /* GLR parsers. */
5348 @end example
5349
5350 If @samp{%parse-param @{int *nastiness@}} is used, then:
5351
5352 @example
5353 void yyerror (int *nastiness, char const *msg); /* Yacc parsers. */
5354 void yyerror (int *nastiness, char const *msg); /* GLR parsers. */
5355 @end example
5356
5357 Finally, @acronym{GLR} and Yacc parsers share the same @code{yyerror} calling
5358 convention for absolutely pure parsers, i.e., when the calling
5359 convention of @code{yylex} @emph{and} the calling convention of
5360 @code{%pure-parser} are pure. I.e.:
5361
5362 @example
5363 /* Location tracking. */
5364 %locations
5365 /* Pure yylex. */
5366 %pure-parser
5367 %lex-param @{int *nastiness@}
5368 /* Pure yyparse. */
5369 %parse-param @{int *nastiness@}
5370 %parse-param @{int *randomness@}
5371 @end example
5372
5373 @noindent
5374 results in the following signatures for all the parser kinds:
5375
5376 @example
5377 int yylex (YYSTYPE *lvalp, YYLTYPE *llocp, int *nastiness);
5378 int yyparse (int *nastiness, int *randomness);
5379 void yyerror (YYLTYPE *locp,
5380 int *nastiness, int *randomness,
5381 char const *msg);
5382 @end example
5383
5384 @noindent
5385 The prototypes are only indications of how the code produced by Bison
5386 uses @code{yyerror}. Bison-generated code always ignores the returned
5387 value, so @code{yyerror} can return any type, including @code{void}.
5388 Also, @code{yyerror} can be a variadic function; that is why the
5389 message is always passed last.
5390
5391 Traditionally @code{yyerror} returns an @code{int} that is always
5392 ignored, but this is purely for historical reasons, and @code{void} is
5393 preferable since it more accurately describes the return type for
5394 @code{yyerror}.
5395
5396 @vindex yynerrs
5397 The variable @code{yynerrs} contains the number of syntax errors
5398 reported so far. Normally this variable is global; but if you
5399 request a pure parser (@pxref{Pure Decl, ,A Pure (Reentrant) Parser})
5400 then it is a local variable which only the actions can access.
5401
5402 @node Action Features
5403 @section Special Features for Use in Actions
5404 @cindex summary, action features
5405 @cindex action features summary
5406
5407 Here is a table of Bison constructs, variables and macros that
5408 are useful in actions.
5409
5410 @deffn {Variable} $$
5411 Acts like a variable that contains the semantic value for the
5412 grouping made by the current rule. @xref{Actions}.
5413 @end deffn
5414
5415 @deffn {Variable} $@var{n}
5416 Acts like a variable that contains the semantic value for the
5417 @var{n}th component of the current rule. @xref{Actions}.
5418 @end deffn
5419
5420 @deffn {Variable} $<@var{typealt}>$
5421 Like @code{$$} but specifies alternative @var{typealt} in the union
5422 specified by the @code{%union} declaration. @xref{Action Types, ,Data
5423 Types of Values in Actions}.
5424 @end deffn
5425
5426 @deffn {Variable} $<@var{typealt}>@var{n}
5427 Like @code{$@var{n}} but specifies alternative @var{typealt} in the
5428 union specified by the @code{%union} declaration.
5429 @xref{Action Types, ,Data Types of Values in Actions}.
5430 @end deffn
5431
5432 @deffn {Macro} YYABORT;
5433 Return immediately from @code{yyparse}, indicating failure.
5434 @xref{Parser Function, ,The Parser Function @code{yyparse}}.
5435 @end deffn
5436
5437 @deffn {Macro} YYACCEPT;
5438 Return immediately from @code{yyparse}, indicating success.
5439 @xref{Parser Function, ,The Parser Function @code{yyparse}}.
5440 @end deffn
5441
5442 @deffn {Macro} YYBACKUP (@var{token}, @var{value});
5443 @findex YYBACKUP
5444 Unshift a token. This macro is allowed only for rules that reduce
5445 a single value, and only when there is no lookahead token.
5446 It is also disallowed in @acronym{GLR} parsers.
5447 It installs a lookahead token with token type @var{token} and
5448 semantic value @var{value}; then it discards the value that was
5449 going to be reduced by this rule.
5450
5451 If the macro is used when it is not valid, such as when there is
5452 a lookahead token already, then it reports a syntax error with
5453 a message @samp{cannot back up} and performs ordinary error
5454 recovery.
5455
5456 In either case, the rest of the action is not executed.
5457 @end deffn
5458
5459 @deffn {Macro} YYEMPTY
5460 @vindex YYEMPTY
5461 Value stored in @code{yychar} when there is no lookahead token.
5462 @end deffn
5463
5464 @deffn {Macro} YYEOF
5465 @vindex YYEOF
5466 Value stored in @code{yychar} when the lookahead is the end of the input
5467 stream.
5468 @end deffn
5469
5470 @deffn {Macro} YYERROR;
5471 @findex YYERROR
5472 Cause an immediate syntax error. This statement initiates error
5473 recovery just as if the parser itself had detected an error; however, it
5474 does not call @code{yyerror}, and does not print any message. If you
5475 want to print an error message, call @code{yyerror} explicitly before
5476 the @samp{YYERROR;} statement. @xref{Error Recovery}.
5477 @end deffn
5478
5479 @deffn {Macro} YYRECOVERING
5480 @findex YYRECOVERING
5481 The expression @code{YYRECOVERING ()} yields 1 when the parser
5482 is recovering from a syntax error, and 0 otherwise.
5483 @xref{Error Recovery}.
5484 @end deffn
5485
5486 @deffn {Variable} yychar
5487 Variable containing either the lookahead token, or @code{YYEOF} when the
5488 lookahead is the end of the input stream, or @code{YYEMPTY} when no lookahead
5489 has been performed so the next token is not yet known.
5490 Do not modify @code{yychar} in a deferred semantic action (@pxref{GLR Semantic
5491 Actions}).
5492 @xref{Lookahead, ,Lookahead Tokens}.
5493 @end deffn
5494
5495 @deffn {Macro} yyclearin;
5496 Discard the current lookahead token. This is useful primarily in
5497 error rules.
5498 Do not invoke @code{yyclearin} in a deferred semantic action (@pxref{GLR
5499 Semantic Actions}).
5500 @xref{Error Recovery}.
5501 @end deffn
5502
5503 @deffn {Macro} yyerrok;
5504 Resume generating error messages immediately for subsequent syntax
5505 errors. This is useful primarily in error rules.
5506 @xref{Error Recovery}.
5507 @end deffn
5508
5509 @deffn {Variable} yylloc
5510 Variable containing the lookahead token location when @code{yychar} is not set
5511 to @code{YYEMPTY} or @code{YYEOF}.
5512 Do not modify @code{yylloc} in a deferred semantic action (@pxref{GLR Semantic
5513 Actions}).
5514 @xref{Actions and Locations, ,Actions and Locations}.
5515 @end deffn
5516
5517 @deffn {Variable} yylval
5518 Variable containing the lookahead token semantic value when @code{yychar} is
5519 not set to @code{YYEMPTY} or @code{YYEOF}.
5520 Do not modify @code{yylval} in a deferred semantic action (@pxref{GLR Semantic
5521 Actions}).
5522 @xref{Actions, ,Actions}.
5523 @end deffn
5524
5525 @deffn {Value} @@$
5526 @findex @@$
5527 Acts like a structure variable containing information on the textual location
5528 of the grouping made by the current rule. @xref{Locations, ,
5529 Tracking Locations}.
5530
5531 @c Check if those paragraphs are still useful or not.
5532
5533 @c @example
5534 @c struct @{
5535 @c int first_line, last_line;
5536 @c int first_column, last_column;
5537 @c @};
5538 @c @end example
5539
5540 @c Thus, to get the starting line number of the third component, you would
5541 @c use @samp{@@3.first_line}.
5542
5543 @c In order for the members of this structure to contain valid information,
5544 @c you must make @code{yylex} supply this information about each token.
5545 @c If you need only certain members, then @code{yylex} need only fill in
5546 @c those members.
5547
5548 @c The use of this feature makes the parser noticeably slower.
5549 @end deffn
5550
5551 @deffn {Value} @@@var{n}
5552 @findex @@@var{n}
5553 Acts like a structure variable containing information on the textual location
5554 of the @var{n}th component of the current rule. @xref{Locations, ,
5555 Tracking Locations}.
5556 @end deffn
5557
5558 @node Internationalization
5559 @section Parser Internationalization
5560 @cindex internationalization
5561 @cindex i18n
5562 @cindex NLS
5563 @cindex gettext
5564 @cindex bison-po
5565
5566 A Bison-generated parser can print diagnostics, including error and
5567 tracing messages. By default, they appear in English. However, Bison
5568 also supports outputting diagnostics in the user's native language. To
5569 make this work, the user should set the usual environment variables.
5570 @xref{Users, , The User's View, gettext, GNU @code{gettext} utilities}.
5571 For example, the shell command @samp{export LC_ALL=fr_CA.UTF-8} might
5572 set the user's locale to French Canadian using the @acronym{UTF}-8
5573 encoding. The exact set of available locales depends on the user's
5574 installation.
5575
5576 The maintainer of a package that uses a Bison-generated parser enables
5577 the internationalization of the parser's output through the following
5578 steps. Here we assume a package that uses @acronym{GNU} Autoconf and
5579 @acronym{GNU} Automake.
5580
5581 @enumerate
5582 @item
5583 @cindex bison-i18n.m4
5584 Into the directory containing the @acronym{GNU} Autoconf macros used
5585 by the package---often called @file{m4}---copy the
5586 @file{bison-i18n.m4} file installed by Bison under
5587 @samp{share/aclocal/bison-i18n.m4} in Bison's installation directory.
5588 For example:
5589
5590 @example
5591 cp /usr/local/share/aclocal/bison-i18n.m4 m4/bison-i18n.m4
5592 @end example
5593
5594 @item
5595 @findex BISON_I18N
5596 @vindex BISON_LOCALEDIR
5597 @vindex YYENABLE_NLS
5598 In the top-level @file{configure.ac}, after the @code{AM_GNU_GETTEXT}
5599 invocation, add an invocation of @code{BISON_I18N}. This macro is
5600 defined in the file @file{bison-i18n.m4} that you copied earlier. It
5601 causes @samp{configure} to find the value of the
5602 @code{BISON_LOCALEDIR} variable, and it defines the source-language
5603 symbol @code{YYENABLE_NLS} to enable translations in the
5604 Bison-generated parser.
5605
5606 @item
5607 In the @code{main} function of your program, designate the directory
5608 containing Bison's runtime message catalog, through a call to
5609 @samp{bindtextdomain} with domain name @samp{bison-runtime}.
5610 For example:
5611
5612 @example
5613 bindtextdomain ("bison-runtime", BISON_LOCALEDIR);
5614 @end example
5615
5616 Typically this appears after any other call @code{bindtextdomain
5617 (PACKAGE, LOCALEDIR)} that your package already has. Here we rely on
5618 @samp{BISON_LOCALEDIR} to be defined as a string through the
5619 @file{Makefile}.
5620
5621 @item
5622 In the @file{Makefile.am} that controls the compilation of the @code{main}
5623 function, make @samp{BISON_LOCALEDIR} available as a C preprocessor macro,
5624 either in @samp{DEFS} or in @samp{AM_CPPFLAGS}. For example:
5625
5626 @example
5627 DEFS = @@DEFS@@ -DBISON_LOCALEDIR='"$(BISON_LOCALEDIR)"'
5628 @end example
5629
5630 or:
5631
5632 @example
5633 AM_CPPFLAGS = -DBISON_LOCALEDIR='"$(BISON_LOCALEDIR)"'
5634 @end example
5635
5636 @item
5637 Finally, invoke the command @command{autoreconf} to generate the build
5638 infrastructure.
5639 @end enumerate
5640
5641
5642 @node Algorithm
5643 @chapter The Bison Parser Algorithm
5644 @cindex Bison parser algorithm
5645 @cindex algorithm of parser
5646 @cindex shifting
5647 @cindex reduction
5648 @cindex parser stack
5649 @cindex stack, parser
5650
5651 As Bison reads tokens, it pushes them onto a stack along with their
5652 semantic values. The stack is called the @dfn{parser stack}. Pushing a
5653 token is traditionally called @dfn{shifting}.
5654
5655 For example, suppose the infix calculator has read @samp{1 + 5 *}, with a
5656 @samp{3} to come. The stack will have four elements, one for each token
5657 that was shifted.
5658
5659 But the stack does not always have an element for each token read. When
5660 the last @var{n} tokens and groupings shifted match the components of a
5661 grammar rule, they can be combined according to that rule. This is called
5662 @dfn{reduction}. Those tokens and groupings are replaced on the stack by a
5663 single grouping whose symbol is the result (left hand side) of that rule.
5664 Running the rule's action is part of the process of reduction, because this
5665 is what computes the semantic value of the resulting grouping.
5666
5667 For example, if the infix calculator's parser stack contains this:
5668
5669 @example
5670 1 + 5 * 3
5671 @end example
5672
5673 @noindent
5674 and the next input token is a newline character, then the last three
5675 elements can be reduced to 15 via the rule:
5676
5677 @example
5678 expr: expr '*' expr;
5679 @end example
5680
5681 @noindent
5682 Then the stack contains just these three elements:
5683
5684 @example
5685 1 + 15
5686 @end example
5687
5688 @noindent
5689 At this point, another reduction can be made, resulting in the single value
5690 16. Then the newline token can be shifted.
5691
5692 The parser tries, by shifts and reductions, to reduce the entire input down
5693 to a single grouping whose symbol is the grammar's start-symbol
5694 (@pxref{Language and Grammar, ,Languages and Context-Free Grammars}).
5695
5696 This kind of parser is known in the literature as a bottom-up parser.
5697
5698 @menu
5699 * Lookahead:: Parser looks one token ahead when deciding what to do.
5700 * Shift/Reduce:: Conflicts: when either shifting or reduction is valid.
5701 * Precedence:: Operator precedence works by resolving conflicts.
5702 * Contextual Precedence:: When an operator's precedence depends on context.
5703 * Parser States:: The parser is a finite-state-machine with stack.
5704 * Reduce/Reduce:: When two rules are applicable in the same situation.
5705 * Mystery Conflicts:: Reduce/reduce conflicts that look unjustified.
5706 * Generalized LR Parsing:: Parsing arbitrary context-free grammars.
5707 * Memory Management:: What happens when memory is exhausted. How to avoid it.
5708 @end menu
5709
5710 @node Lookahead
5711 @section Lookahead Tokens
5712 @cindex lookahead token
5713
5714 The Bison parser does @emph{not} always reduce immediately as soon as the
5715 last @var{n} tokens and groupings match a rule. This is because such a
5716 simple strategy is inadequate to handle most languages. Instead, when a
5717 reduction is possible, the parser sometimes ``looks ahead'' at the next
5718 token in order to decide what to do.
5719
5720 When a token is read, it is not immediately shifted; first it becomes the
5721 @dfn{lookahead token}, which is not on the stack. Now the parser can
5722 perform one or more reductions of tokens and groupings on the stack, while
5723 the lookahead token remains off to the side. When no more reductions
5724 should take place, the lookahead token is shifted onto the stack. This
5725 does not mean that all possible reductions have been done; depending on the
5726 token type of the lookahead token, some rules may choose to delay their
5727 application.
5728
5729 Here is a simple case where lookahead is needed. These three rules define
5730 expressions which contain binary addition operators and postfix unary
5731 factorial operators (@samp{!}), and allow parentheses for grouping.
5732
5733 @example
5734 @group
5735 expr: term '+' expr
5736 | term
5737 ;
5738 @end group
5739
5740 @group
5741 term: '(' expr ')'
5742 | term '!'
5743 | NUMBER
5744 ;
5745 @end group
5746 @end example
5747
5748 Suppose that the tokens @w{@samp{1 + 2}} have been read and shifted; what
5749 should be done? If the following token is @samp{)}, then the first three
5750 tokens must be reduced to form an @code{expr}. This is the only valid
5751 course, because shifting the @samp{)} would produce a sequence of symbols
5752 @w{@code{term ')'}}, and no rule allows this.
5753
5754 If the following token is @samp{!}, then it must be shifted immediately so
5755 that @w{@samp{2 !}} can be reduced to make a @code{term}. If instead the
5756 parser were to reduce before shifting, @w{@samp{1 + 2}} would become an
5757 @code{expr}. It would then be impossible to shift the @samp{!} because
5758 doing so would produce on the stack the sequence of symbols @code{expr
5759 '!'}. No rule allows that sequence.
5760
5761 @vindex yychar
5762 @vindex yylval
5763 @vindex yylloc
5764 The lookahead token is stored in the variable @code{yychar}.
5765 Its semantic value and location, if any, are stored in the variables
5766 @code{yylval} and @code{yylloc}.
5767 @xref{Action Features, ,Special Features for Use in Actions}.
5768
5769 @node Shift/Reduce
5770 @section Shift/Reduce Conflicts
5771 @cindex conflicts
5772 @cindex shift/reduce conflicts
5773 @cindex dangling @code{else}
5774 @cindex @code{else}, dangling
5775
5776 Suppose we are parsing a language which has if-then and if-then-else
5777 statements, with a pair of rules like this:
5778
5779 @example
5780 @group
5781 if_stmt:
5782 IF expr THEN stmt
5783 | IF expr THEN stmt ELSE stmt
5784 ;
5785 @end group
5786 @end example
5787
5788 @noindent
5789 Here we assume that @code{IF}, @code{THEN} and @code{ELSE} are
5790 terminal symbols for specific keyword tokens.
5791
5792 When the @code{ELSE} token is read and becomes the lookahead token, the
5793 contents of the stack (assuming the input is valid) are just right for
5794 reduction by the first rule. But it is also legitimate to shift the
5795 @code{ELSE}, because that would lead to eventual reduction by the second
5796 rule.
5797
5798 This situation, where either a shift or a reduction would be valid, is
5799 called a @dfn{shift/reduce conflict}. Bison is designed to resolve
5800 these conflicts by choosing to shift, unless otherwise directed by
5801 operator precedence declarations. To see the reason for this, let's
5802 contrast it with the other alternative.
5803
5804 Since the parser prefers to shift the @code{ELSE}, the result is to attach
5805 the else-clause to the innermost if-statement, making these two inputs
5806 equivalent:
5807
5808 @example
5809 if x then if y then win (); else lose;
5810
5811 if x then do; if y then win (); else lose; end;
5812 @end example
5813
5814 But if the parser chose to reduce when possible rather than shift, the
5815 result would be to attach the else-clause to the outermost if-statement,
5816 making these two inputs equivalent:
5817
5818 @example
5819 if x then if y then win (); else lose;
5820
5821 if x then do; if y then win (); end; else lose;
5822 @end example
5823
5824 The conflict exists because the grammar as written is ambiguous: either
5825 parsing of the simple nested if-statement is legitimate. The established
5826 convention is that these ambiguities are resolved by attaching the
5827 else-clause to the innermost if-statement; this is what Bison accomplishes
5828 by choosing to shift rather than reduce. (It would ideally be cleaner to
5829 write an unambiguous grammar, but that is very hard to do in this case.)
5830 This particular ambiguity was first encountered in the specifications of
5831 Algol 60 and is called the ``dangling @code{else}'' ambiguity.
5832
5833 To avoid warnings from Bison about predictable, legitimate shift/reduce
5834 conflicts, use the @code{%expect @var{n}} declaration. There will be no
5835 warning as long as the number of shift/reduce conflicts is exactly @var{n}.
5836 @xref{Expect Decl, ,Suppressing Conflict Warnings}.
5837
5838 The definition of @code{if_stmt} above is solely to blame for the
5839 conflict, but the conflict does not actually appear without additional
5840 rules. Here is a complete Bison input file that actually manifests the
5841 conflict:
5842
5843 @example
5844 @group
5845 %token IF THEN ELSE variable
5846 %%
5847 @end group
5848 @group
5849 stmt: expr
5850 | if_stmt
5851 ;
5852 @end group
5853
5854 @group
5855 if_stmt:
5856 IF expr THEN stmt
5857 | IF expr THEN stmt ELSE stmt
5858 ;
5859 @end group
5860
5861 expr: variable
5862 ;
5863 @end example
5864
5865 @node Precedence
5866 @section Operator Precedence
5867 @cindex operator precedence
5868 @cindex precedence of operators
5869
5870 Another situation where shift/reduce conflicts appear is in arithmetic
5871 expressions. Here shifting is not always the preferred resolution; the
5872 Bison declarations for operator precedence allow you to specify when to
5873 shift and when to reduce.
5874
5875 @menu
5876 * Why Precedence:: An example showing why precedence is needed.
5877 * Using Precedence:: How to specify precedence in Bison grammars.
5878 * Precedence Examples:: How these features are used in the previous example.
5879 * How Precedence:: How they work.
5880 @end menu
5881
5882 @node Why Precedence
5883 @subsection When Precedence is Needed
5884
5885 Consider the following ambiguous grammar fragment (ambiguous because the
5886 input @w{@samp{1 - 2 * 3}} can be parsed in two different ways):
5887
5888 @example
5889 @group
5890 expr: expr '-' expr
5891 | expr '*' expr
5892 | expr '<' expr
5893 | '(' expr ')'
5894 @dots{}
5895 ;
5896 @end group
5897 @end example
5898
5899 @noindent
5900 Suppose the parser has seen the tokens @samp{1}, @samp{-} and @samp{2};
5901 should it reduce them via the rule for the subtraction operator? It
5902 depends on the next token. Of course, if the next token is @samp{)}, we
5903 must reduce; shifting is invalid because no single rule can reduce the
5904 token sequence @w{@samp{- 2 )}} or anything starting with that. But if
5905 the next token is @samp{*} or @samp{<}, we have a choice: either
5906 shifting or reduction would allow the parse to complete, but with
5907 different results.
5908
5909 To decide which one Bison should do, we must consider the results. If
5910 the next operator token @var{op} is shifted, then it must be reduced
5911 first in order to permit another opportunity to reduce the difference.
5912 The result is (in effect) @w{@samp{1 - (2 @var{op} 3)}}. On the other
5913 hand, if the subtraction is reduced before shifting @var{op}, the result
5914 is @w{@samp{(1 - 2) @var{op} 3}}. Clearly, then, the choice of shift or
5915 reduce should depend on the relative precedence of the operators
5916 @samp{-} and @var{op}: @samp{*} should be shifted first, but not
5917 @samp{<}.
5918
5919 @cindex associativity
5920 What about input such as @w{@samp{1 - 2 - 5}}; should this be
5921 @w{@samp{(1 - 2) - 5}} or should it be @w{@samp{1 - (2 - 5)}}? For most
5922 operators we prefer the former, which is called @dfn{left association}.
5923 The latter alternative, @dfn{right association}, is desirable for
5924 assignment operators. The choice of left or right association is a
5925 matter of whether the parser chooses to shift or reduce when the stack
5926 contains @w{@samp{1 - 2}} and the lookahead token is @samp{-}: shifting
5927 makes right-associativity.
5928
5929 @node Using Precedence
5930 @subsection Specifying Operator Precedence
5931 @findex %left
5932 @findex %right
5933 @findex %nonassoc
5934
5935 Bison allows you to specify these choices with the operator precedence
5936 declarations @code{%left} and @code{%right}. Each such declaration
5937 contains a list of tokens, which are operators whose precedence and
5938 associativity is being declared. The @code{%left} declaration makes all
5939 those operators left-associative and the @code{%right} declaration makes
5940 them right-associative. A third alternative is @code{%nonassoc}, which
5941 declares that it is a syntax error to find the same operator twice ``in a
5942 row''.
5943
5944 The relative precedence of different operators is controlled by the
5945 order in which they are declared. The first @code{%left} or
5946 @code{%right} declaration in the file declares the operators whose
5947 precedence is lowest, the next such declaration declares the operators
5948 whose precedence is a little higher, and so on.
5949
5950 @node Precedence Examples
5951 @subsection Precedence Examples
5952
5953 In our example, we would want the following declarations:
5954
5955 @example
5956 %left '<'
5957 %left '-'
5958 %left '*'
5959 @end example
5960
5961 In a more complete example, which supports other operators as well, we
5962 would declare them in groups of equal precedence. For example, @code{'+'} is
5963 declared with @code{'-'}:
5964
5965 @example
5966 %left '<' '>' '=' NE LE GE
5967 %left '+' '-'
5968 %left '*' '/'
5969 @end example
5970
5971 @noindent
5972 (Here @code{NE} and so on stand for the operators for ``not equal''
5973 and so on. We assume that these tokens are more than one character long
5974 and therefore are represented by names, not character literals.)
5975
5976 @node How Precedence
5977 @subsection How Precedence Works
5978
5979 The first effect of the precedence declarations is to assign precedence
5980 levels to the terminal symbols declared. The second effect is to assign
5981 precedence levels to certain rules: each rule gets its precedence from
5982 the last terminal symbol mentioned in the components. (You can also
5983 specify explicitly the precedence of a rule. @xref{Contextual
5984 Precedence, ,Context-Dependent Precedence}.)
5985
5986 Finally, the resolution of conflicts works by comparing the precedence
5987 of the rule being considered with that of the lookahead token. If the
5988 token's precedence is higher, the choice is to shift. If the rule's
5989 precedence is higher, the choice is to reduce. If they have equal
5990 precedence, the choice is made based on the associativity of that
5991 precedence level. The verbose output file made by @samp{-v}
5992 (@pxref{Invocation, ,Invoking Bison}) says how each conflict was
5993 resolved.
5994
5995 Not all rules and not all tokens have precedence. If either the rule or
5996 the lookahead token has no precedence, then the default is to shift.
5997
5998 @node Contextual Precedence
5999 @section Context-Dependent Precedence
6000 @cindex context-dependent precedence
6001 @cindex unary operator precedence
6002 @cindex precedence, context-dependent
6003 @cindex precedence, unary operator
6004 @findex %prec
6005
6006 Often the precedence of an operator depends on the context. This sounds
6007 outlandish at first, but it is really very common. For example, a minus
6008 sign typically has a very high precedence as a unary operator, and a
6009 somewhat lower precedence (lower than multiplication) as a binary operator.
6010
6011 The Bison precedence declarations, @code{%left}, @code{%right} and
6012 @code{%nonassoc}, can only be used once for a given token; so a token has
6013 only one precedence declared in this way. For context-dependent
6014 precedence, you need to use an additional mechanism: the @code{%prec}
6015 modifier for rules.
6016
6017 The @code{%prec} modifier declares the precedence of a particular rule by
6018 specifying a terminal symbol whose precedence should be used for that rule.
6019 It's not necessary for that symbol to appear otherwise in the rule. The
6020 modifier's syntax is:
6021
6022 @example
6023 %prec @var{terminal-symbol}
6024 @end example
6025
6026 @noindent
6027 and it is written after the components of the rule. Its effect is to
6028 assign the rule the precedence of @var{terminal-symbol}, overriding
6029 the precedence that would be deduced for it in the ordinary way. The
6030 altered rule precedence then affects how conflicts involving that rule
6031 are resolved (@pxref{Precedence, ,Operator Precedence}).
6032
6033 Here is how @code{%prec} solves the problem of unary minus. First, declare
6034 a precedence for a fictitious terminal symbol named @code{UMINUS}. There
6035 are no tokens of this type, but the symbol serves to stand for its
6036 precedence:
6037
6038 @example
6039 @dots{}
6040 %left '+' '-'
6041 %left '*'
6042 %left UMINUS
6043 @end example
6044
6045 Now the precedence of @code{UMINUS} can be used in specific rules:
6046
6047 @example
6048 @group
6049 exp: @dots{}
6050 | exp '-' exp
6051 @dots{}
6052 | '-' exp %prec UMINUS
6053 @end group
6054 @end example
6055
6056 @ifset defaultprec
6057 If you forget to append @code{%prec UMINUS} to the rule for unary
6058 minus, Bison silently assumes that minus has its usual precedence.
6059 This kind of problem can be tricky to debug, since one typically
6060 discovers the mistake only by testing the code.
6061
6062 The @code{%no-default-prec;} declaration makes it easier to discover
6063 this kind of problem systematically. It causes rules that lack a
6064 @code{%prec} modifier to have no precedence, even if the last terminal
6065 symbol mentioned in their components has a declared precedence.
6066
6067 If @code{%no-default-prec;} is in effect, you must specify @code{%prec}
6068 for all rules that participate in precedence conflict resolution.
6069 Then you will see any shift/reduce conflict until you tell Bison how
6070 to resolve it, either by changing your grammar or by adding an
6071 explicit precedence. This will probably add declarations to the
6072 grammar, but it helps to protect against incorrect rule precedences.
6073
6074 The effect of @code{%no-default-prec;} can be reversed by giving
6075 @code{%default-prec;}, which is the default.
6076 @end ifset
6077
6078 @node Parser States
6079 @section Parser States
6080 @cindex finite-state machine
6081 @cindex parser state
6082 @cindex state (of parser)
6083
6084 The function @code{yyparse} is implemented using a finite-state machine.
6085 The values pushed on the parser stack are not simply token type codes; they
6086 represent the entire sequence of terminal and nonterminal symbols at or
6087 near the top of the stack. The current state collects all the information
6088 about previous input which is relevant to deciding what to do next.
6089
6090 Each time a lookahead token is read, the current parser state together
6091 with the type of lookahead token are looked up in a table. This table
6092 entry can say, ``Shift the lookahead token.'' In this case, it also
6093 specifies the new parser state, which is pushed onto the top of the
6094 parser stack. Or it can say, ``Reduce using rule number @var{n}.''
6095 This means that a certain number of tokens or groupings are taken off
6096 the top of the stack, and replaced by one grouping. In other words,
6097 that number of states are popped from the stack, and one new state is
6098 pushed.
6099
6100 There is one other alternative: the table can say that the lookahead token
6101 is erroneous in the current state. This causes error processing to begin
6102 (@pxref{Error Recovery}).
6103
6104 @node Reduce/Reduce
6105 @section Reduce/Reduce Conflicts
6106 @cindex reduce/reduce conflict
6107 @cindex conflicts, reduce/reduce
6108
6109 A reduce/reduce conflict occurs if there are two or more rules that apply
6110 to the same sequence of input. This usually indicates a serious error
6111 in the grammar.
6112
6113 For example, here is an erroneous attempt to define a sequence
6114 of zero or more @code{word} groupings.
6115
6116 @example
6117 sequence: /* empty */
6118 @{ printf ("empty sequence\n"); @}
6119 | maybeword
6120 | sequence word
6121 @{ printf ("added word %s\n", $2); @}
6122 ;
6123
6124 maybeword: /* empty */
6125 @{ printf ("empty maybeword\n"); @}
6126 | word
6127 @{ printf ("single word %s\n", $1); @}
6128 ;
6129 @end example
6130
6131 @noindent
6132 The error is an ambiguity: there is more than one way to parse a single
6133 @code{word} into a @code{sequence}. It could be reduced to a
6134 @code{maybeword} and then into a @code{sequence} via the second rule.
6135 Alternatively, nothing-at-all could be reduced into a @code{sequence}
6136 via the first rule, and this could be combined with the @code{word}
6137 using the third rule for @code{sequence}.
6138
6139 There is also more than one way to reduce nothing-at-all into a
6140 @code{sequence}. This can be done directly via the first rule,
6141 or indirectly via @code{maybeword} and then the second rule.
6142
6143 You might think that this is a distinction without a difference, because it
6144 does not change whether any particular input is valid or not. But it does
6145 affect which actions are run. One parsing order runs the second rule's
6146 action; the other runs the first rule's action and the third rule's action.
6147 In this example, the output of the program changes.
6148
6149 Bison resolves a reduce/reduce conflict by choosing to use the rule that
6150 appears first in the grammar, but it is very risky to rely on this. Every
6151 reduce/reduce conflict must be studied and usually eliminated. Here is the
6152 proper way to define @code{sequence}:
6153
6154 @example
6155 sequence: /* empty */
6156 @{ printf ("empty sequence\n"); @}
6157 | sequence word
6158 @{ printf ("added word %s\n", $2); @}
6159 ;
6160 @end example
6161
6162 Here is another common error that yields a reduce/reduce conflict:
6163
6164 @example
6165 sequence: /* empty */
6166 | sequence words
6167 | sequence redirects
6168 ;
6169
6170 words: /* empty */
6171 | words word
6172 ;
6173
6174 redirects:/* empty */
6175 | redirects redirect
6176 ;
6177 @end example
6178
6179 @noindent
6180 The intention here is to define a sequence which can contain either
6181 @code{word} or @code{redirect} groupings. The individual definitions of
6182 @code{sequence}, @code{words} and @code{redirects} are error-free, but the
6183 three together make a subtle ambiguity: even an empty input can be parsed
6184 in infinitely many ways!
6185
6186 Consider: nothing-at-all could be a @code{words}. Or it could be two
6187 @code{words} in a row, or three, or any number. It could equally well be a
6188 @code{redirects}, or two, or any number. Or it could be a @code{words}
6189 followed by three @code{redirects} and another @code{words}. And so on.
6190
6191 Here are two ways to correct these rules. First, to make it a single level
6192 of sequence:
6193
6194 @example
6195 sequence: /* empty */
6196 | sequence word
6197 | sequence redirect
6198 ;
6199 @end example
6200
6201 Second, to prevent either a @code{words} or a @code{redirects}
6202 from being empty:
6203
6204 @example
6205 sequence: /* empty */
6206 | sequence words
6207 | sequence redirects
6208 ;
6209
6210 words: word
6211 | words word
6212 ;
6213
6214 redirects:redirect
6215 | redirects redirect
6216 ;
6217 @end example
6218
6219 @node Mystery Conflicts
6220 @section Mysterious Reduce/Reduce Conflicts
6221
6222 Sometimes reduce/reduce conflicts can occur that don't look warranted.
6223 Here is an example:
6224
6225 @example
6226 @group
6227 %token ID
6228
6229 %%
6230 def: param_spec return_spec ','
6231 ;
6232 param_spec:
6233 type
6234 | name_list ':' type
6235 ;
6236 @end group
6237 @group
6238 return_spec:
6239 type
6240 | name ':' type
6241 ;
6242 @end group
6243 @group
6244 type: ID
6245 ;
6246 @end group
6247 @group
6248 name: ID
6249 ;
6250 name_list:
6251 name
6252 | name ',' name_list
6253 ;
6254 @end group
6255 @end example
6256
6257 It would seem that this grammar can be parsed with only a single token
6258 of lookahead: when a @code{param_spec} is being read, an @code{ID} is
6259 a @code{name} if a comma or colon follows, or a @code{type} if another
6260 @code{ID} follows. In other words, this grammar is @acronym{LR}(1).
6261
6262 @cindex @acronym{LR}(1)
6263 @cindex @acronym{LALR}(1)
6264 However, Bison, like most parser generators, cannot actually handle all
6265 @acronym{LR}(1) grammars. In this grammar, two contexts, that after
6266 an @code{ID}
6267 at the beginning of a @code{param_spec} and likewise at the beginning of
6268 a @code{return_spec}, are similar enough that Bison assumes they are the
6269 same. They appear similar because the same set of rules would be
6270 active---the rule for reducing to a @code{name} and that for reducing to
6271 a @code{type}. Bison is unable to determine at that stage of processing
6272 that the rules would require different lookahead tokens in the two
6273 contexts, so it makes a single parser state for them both. Combining
6274 the two contexts causes a conflict later. In parser terminology, this
6275 occurrence means that the grammar is not @acronym{LALR}(1).
6276
6277 In general, it is better to fix deficiencies than to document them. But
6278 this particular deficiency is intrinsically hard to fix; parser
6279 generators that can handle @acronym{LR}(1) grammars are hard to write
6280 and tend to
6281 produce parsers that are very large. In practice, Bison is more useful
6282 as it is now.
6283
6284 When the problem arises, you can often fix it by identifying the two
6285 parser states that are being confused, and adding something to make them
6286 look distinct. In the above example, adding one rule to
6287 @code{return_spec} as follows makes the problem go away:
6288
6289 @example
6290 @group
6291 %token BOGUS
6292 @dots{}
6293 %%
6294 @dots{}
6295 return_spec:
6296 type
6297 | name ':' type
6298 /* This rule is never used. */
6299 | ID BOGUS
6300 ;
6301 @end group
6302 @end example
6303
6304 This corrects the problem because it introduces the possibility of an
6305 additional active rule in the context after the @code{ID} at the beginning of
6306 @code{return_spec}. This rule is not active in the corresponding context
6307 in a @code{param_spec}, so the two contexts receive distinct parser states.
6308 As long as the token @code{BOGUS} is never generated by @code{yylex},
6309 the added rule cannot alter the way actual input is parsed.
6310
6311 In this particular example, there is another way to solve the problem:
6312 rewrite the rule for @code{return_spec} to use @code{ID} directly
6313 instead of via @code{name}. This also causes the two confusing
6314 contexts to have different sets of active rules, because the one for
6315 @code{return_spec} activates the altered rule for @code{return_spec}
6316 rather than the one for @code{name}.
6317
6318 @example
6319 param_spec:
6320 type
6321 | name_list ':' type
6322 ;
6323 return_spec:
6324 type
6325 | ID ':' type
6326 ;
6327 @end example
6328
6329 For a more detailed exposition of @acronym{LALR}(1) parsers and parser
6330 generators, please see:
6331 Frank DeRemer and Thomas Pennello, Efficient Computation of
6332 @acronym{LALR}(1) Look-Ahead Sets, @cite{@acronym{ACM} Transactions on
6333 Programming Languages and Systems}, Vol.@: 4, No.@: 4 (October 1982),
6334 pp.@: 615--649 @uref{http://doi.acm.org/10.1145/69622.357187}.
6335
6336 @node Generalized LR Parsing
6337 @section Generalized @acronym{LR} (@acronym{GLR}) Parsing
6338 @cindex @acronym{GLR} parsing
6339 @cindex generalized @acronym{LR} (@acronym{GLR}) parsing
6340 @cindex ambiguous grammars
6341 @cindex nondeterministic parsing
6342
6343 Bison produces @emph{deterministic} parsers that choose uniquely
6344 when to reduce and which reduction to apply
6345 based on a summary of the preceding input and on one extra token of lookahead.
6346 As a result, normal Bison handles a proper subset of the family of
6347 context-free languages.
6348 Ambiguous grammars, since they have strings with more than one possible
6349 sequence of reductions cannot have deterministic parsers in this sense.
6350 The same is true of languages that require more than one symbol of
6351 lookahead, since the parser lacks the information necessary to make a
6352 decision at the point it must be made in a shift-reduce parser.
6353 Finally, as previously mentioned (@pxref{Mystery Conflicts}),
6354 there are languages where Bison's particular choice of how to
6355 summarize the input seen so far loses necessary information.
6356
6357 When you use the @samp{%glr-parser} declaration in your grammar file,
6358 Bison generates a parser that uses a different algorithm, called
6359 Generalized @acronym{LR} (or @acronym{GLR}). A Bison @acronym{GLR}
6360 parser uses the same basic
6361 algorithm for parsing as an ordinary Bison parser, but behaves
6362 differently in cases where there is a shift-reduce conflict that has not
6363 been resolved by precedence rules (@pxref{Precedence}) or a
6364 reduce-reduce conflict. When a @acronym{GLR} parser encounters such a
6365 situation, it
6366 effectively @emph{splits} into a several parsers, one for each possible
6367 shift or reduction. These parsers then proceed as usual, consuming
6368 tokens in lock-step. Some of the stacks may encounter other conflicts
6369 and split further, with the result that instead of a sequence of states,
6370 a Bison @acronym{GLR} parsing stack is what is in effect a tree of states.
6371
6372 In effect, each stack represents a guess as to what the proper parse
6373 is. Additional input may indicate that a guess was wrong, in which case
6374 the appropriate stack silently disappears. Otherwise, the semantics
6375 actions generated in each stack are saved, rather than being executed
6376 immediately. When a stack disappears, its saved semantic actions never
6377 get executed. When a reduction causes two stacks to become equivalent,
6378 their sets of semantic actions are both saved with the state that
6379 results from the reduction. We say that two stacks are equivalent
6380 when they both represent the same sequence of states,
6381 and each pair of corresponding states represents a
6382 grammar symbol that produces the same segment of the input token
6383 stream.
6384
6385 Whenever the parser makes a transition from having multiple
6386 states to having one, it reverts to the normal @acronym{LALR}(1) parsing
6387 algorithm, after resolving and executing the saved-up actions.
6388 At this transition, some of the states on the stack will have semantic
6389 values that are sets (actually multisets) of possible actions. The
6390 parser tries to pick one of the actions by first finding one whose rule
6391 has the highest dynamic precedence, as set by the @samp{%dprec}
6392 declaration. Otherwise, if the alternative actions are not ordered by
6393 precedence, but there the same merging function is declared for both
6394 rules by the @samp{%merge} declaration,
6395 Bison resolves and evaluates both and then calls the merge function on
6396 the result. Otherwise, it reports an ambiguity.
6397
6398 It is possible to use a data structure for the @acronym{GLR} parsing tree that
6399 permits the processing of any @acronym{LALR}(1) grammar in linear time (in the
6400 size of the input), any unambiguous (not necessarily
6401 @acronym{LALR}(1)) grammar in
6402 quadratic worst-case time, and any general (possibly ambiguous)
6403 context-free grammar in cubic worst-case time. However, Bison currently
6404 uses a simpler data structure that requires time proportional to the
6405 length of the input times the maximum number of stacks required for any
6406 prefix of the input. Thus, really ambiguous or nondeterministic
6407 grammars can require exponential time and space to process. Such badly
6408 behaving examples, however, are not generally of practical interest.
6409 Usually, nondeterminism in a grammar is local---the parser is ``in
6410 doubt'' only for a few tokens at a time. Therefore, the current data
6411 structure should generally be adequate. On @acronym{LALR}(1) portions of a
6412 grammar, in particular, it is only slightly slower than with the default
6413 Bison parser.
6414
6415 For a more detailed exposition of @acronym{GLR} parsers, please see: Elizabeth
6416 Scott, Adrian Johnstone and Shamsa Sadaf Hussain, Tomita-Style
6417 Generalised @acronym{LR} Parsers, Royal Holloway, University of
6418 London, Department of Computer Science, TR-00-12,
6419 @uref{http://www.cs.rhul.ac.uk/research/languages/publications/tomita_style_1.ps},
6420 (2000-12-24).
6421
6422 @node Memory Management
6423 @section Memory Management, and How to Avoid Memory Exhaustion
6424 @cindex memory exhaustion
6425 @cindex memory management
6426 @cindex stack overflow
6427 @cindex parser stack overflow
6428 @cindex overflow of parser stack
6429
6430 The Bison parser stack can run out of memory if too many tokens are shifted and
6431 not reduced. When this happens, the parser function @code{yyparse}
6432 calls @code{yyerror} and then returns 2.
6433
6434 Because Bison parsers have growing stacks, hitting the upper limit
6435 usually results from using a right recursion instead of a left
6436 recursion, @xref{Recursion, ,Recursive Rules}.
6437
6438 @vindex YYMAXDEPTH
6439 By defining the macro @code{YYMAXDEPTH}, you can control how deep the
6440 parser stack can become before memory is exhausted. Define the
6441 macro with a value that is an integer. This value is the maximum number
6442 of tokens that can be shifted (and not reduced) before overflow.
6443
6444 The stack space allowed is not necessarily allocated. If you specify a
6445 large value for @code{YYMAXDEPTH}, the parser normally allocates a small
6446 stack at first, and then makes it bigger by stages as needed. This
6447 increasing allocation happens automatically and silently. Therefore,
6448 you do not need to make @code{YYMAXDEPTH} painfully small merely to save
6449 space for ordinary inputs that do not need much stack.
6450
6451 However, do not allow @code{YYMAXDEPTH} to be a value so large that
6452 arithmetic overflow could occur when calculating the size of the stack
6453 space. Also, do not allow @code{YYMAXDEPTH} to be less than
6454 @code{YYINITDEPTH}.
6455
6456 @cindex default stack limit
6457 The default value of @code{YYMAXDEPTH}, if you do not define it, is
6458 10000.
6459
6460 @vindex YYINITDEPTH
6461 You can control how much stack is allocated initially by defining the
6462 macro @code{YYINITDEPTH} to a positive integer. For the C
6463 @acronym{LALR}(1) parser, this value must be a compile-time constant
6464 unless you are assuming C99 or some other target language or compiler
6465 that allows variable-length arrays. The default is 200.
6466
6467 Do not allow @code{YYINITDEPTH} to be greater than @code{YYMAXDEPTH}.
6468
6469 @c FIXME: C++ output.
6470 Because of semantical differences between C and C++, the
6471 @acronym{LALR}(1) parsers in C produced by Bison cannot grow when compiled
6472 by C++ compilers. In this precise case (compiling a C parser as C++) you are
6473 suggested to grow @code{YYINITDEPTH}. The Bison maintainers hope to fix
6474 this deficiency in a future release.
6475
6476 @node Error Recovery
6477 @chapter Error Recovery
6478 @cindex error recovery
6479 @cindex recovery from errors
6480
6481 It is not usually acceptable to have a program terminate on a syntax
6482 error. For example, a compiler should recover sufficiently to parse the
6483 rest of the input file and check it for errors; a calculator should accept
6484 another expression.
6485
6486 In a simple interactive command parser where each input is one line, it may
6487 be sufficient to allow @code{yyparse} to return 1 on error and have the
6488 caller ignore the rest of the input line when that happens (and then call
6489 @code{yyparse} again). But this is inadequate for a compiler, because it
6490 forgets all the syntactic context leading up to the error. A syntax error
6491 deep within a function in the compiler input should not cause the compiler
6492 to treat the following line like the beginning of a source file.
6493
6494 @findex error
6495 You can define how to recover from a syntax error by writing rules to
6496 recognize the special token @code{error}. This is a terminal symbol that
6497 is always defined (you need not declare it) and reserved for error
6498 handling. The Bison parser generates an @code{error} token whenever a
6499 syntax error happens; if you have provided a rule to recognize this token
6500 in the current context, the parse can continue.
6501
6502 For example:
6503
6504 @example
6505 stmnts: /* empty string */
6506 | stmnts '\n'
6507 | stmnts exp '\n'
6508 | stmnts error '\n'
6509 @end example
6510
6511 The fourth rule in this example says that an error followed by a newline
6512 makes a valid addition to any @code{stmnts}.
6513
6514 What happens if a syntax error occurs in the middle of an @code{exp}? The
6515 error recovery rule, interpreted strictly, applies to the precise sequence
6516 of a @code{stmnts}, an @code{error} and a newline. If an error occurs in
6517 the middle of an @code{exp}, there will probably be some additional tokens
6518 and subexpressions on the stack after the last @code{stmnts}, and there
6519 will be tokens to read before the next newline. So the rule is not
6520 applicable in the ordinary way.
6521
6522 But Bison can force the situation to fit the rule, by discarding part of
6523 the semantic context and part of the input. First it discards states
6524 and objects from the stack until it gets back to a state in which the
6525 @code{error} token is acceptable. (This means that the subexpressions
6526 already parsed are discarded, back to the last complete @code{stmnts}.)
6527 At this point the @code{error} token can be shifted. Then, if the old
6528 lookahead token is not acceptable to be shifted next, the parser reads
6529 tokens and discards them until it finds a token which is acceptable. In
6530 this example, Bison reads and discards input until the next newline so
6531 that the fourth rule can apply. Note that discarded symbols are
6532 possible sources of memory leaks, see @ref{Destructor Decl, , Freeing
6533 Discarded Symbols}, for a means to reclaim this memory.
6534
6535 The choice of error rules in the grammar is a choice of strategies for
6536 error recovery. A simple and useful strategy is simply to skip the rest of
6537 the current input line or current statement if an error is detected:
6538
6539 @example
6540 stmnt: error ';' /* On error, skip until ';' is read. */
6541 @end example
6542
6543 It is also useful to recover to the matching close-delimiter of an
6544 opening-delimiter that has already been parsed. Otherwise the
6545 close-delimiter will probably appear to be unmatched, and generate another,
6546 spurious error message:
6547
6548 @example
6549 primary: '(' expr ')'
6550 | '(' error ')'
6551 @dots{}
6552 ;
6553 @end example
6554
6555 Error recovery strategies are necessarily guesses. When they guess wrong,
6556 one syntax error often leads to another. In the above example, the error
6557 recovery rule guesses that an error is due to bad input within one
6558 @code{stmnt}. Suppose that instead a spurious semicolon is inserted in the
6559 middle of a valid @code{stmnt}. After the error recovery rule recovers
6560 from the first error, another syntax error will be found straightaway,
6561 since the text following the spurious semicolon is also an invalid
6562 @code{stmnt}.
6563
6564 To prevent an outpouring of error messages, the parser will output no error
6565 message for another syntax error that happens shortly after the first; only
6566 after three consecutive input tokens have been successfully shifted will
6567 error messages resume.
6568
6569 Note that rules which accept the @code{error} token may have actions, just
6570 as any other rules can.
6571
6572 @findex yyerrok
6573 You can make error messages resume immediately by using the macro
6574 @code{yyerrok} in an action. If you do this in the error rule's action, no
6575 error messages will be suppressed. This macro requires no arguments;
6576 @samp{yyerrok;} is a valid C statement.
6577
6578 @findex yyclearin
6579 The previous lookahead token is reanalyzed immediately after an error. If
6580 this is unacceptable, then the macro @code{yyclearin} may be used to clear
6581 this token. Write the statement @samp{yyclearin;} in the error rule's
6582 action.
6583 @xref{Action Features, ,Special Features for Use in Actions}.
6584
6585 For example, suppose that on a syntax error, an error handling routine is
6586 called that advances the input stream to some point where parsing should
6587 once again commence. The next symbol returned by the lexical scanner is
6588 probably correct. The previous lookahead token ought to be discarded
6589 with @samp{yyclearin;}.
6590
6591 @vindex YYRECOVERING
6592 The expression @code{YYRECOVERING ()} yields 1 when the parser
6593 is recovering from a syntax error, and 0 otherwise.
6594 Syntax error diagnostics are suppressed while recovering from a syntax
6595 error.
6596
6597 @node Context Dependency
6598 @chapter Handling Context Dependencies
6599
6600 The Bison paradigm is to parse tokens first, then group them into larger
6601 syntactic units. In many languages, the meaning of a token is affected by
6602 its context. Although this violates the Bison paradigm, certain techniques
6603 (known as @dfn{kludges}) may enable you to write Bison parsers for such
6604 languages.
6605
6606 @menu
6607 * Semantic Tokens:: Token parsing can depend on the semantic context.
6608 * Lexical Tie-ins:: Token parsing can depend on the syntactic context.
6609 * Tie-in Recovery:: Lexical tie-ins have implications for how
6610 error recovery rules must be written.
6611 @end menu
6612
6613 (Actually, ``kludge'' means any technique that gets its job done but is
6614 neither clean nor robust.)
6615
6616 @node Semantic Tokens
6617 @section Semantic Info in Token Types
6618
6619 The C language has a context dependency: the way an identifier is used
6620 depends on what its current meaning is. For example, consider this:
6621
6622 @example
6623 foo (x);
6624 @end example
6625
6626 This looks like a function call statement, but if @code{foo} is a typedef
6627 name, then this is actually a declaration of @code{x}. How can a Bison
6628 parser for C decide how to parse this input?
6629
6630 The method used in @acronym{GNU} C is to have two different token types,
6631 @code{IDENTIFIER} and @code{TYPENAME}. When @code{yylex} finds an
6632 identifier, it looks up the current declaration of the identifier in order
6633 to decide which token type to return: @code{TYPENAME} if the identifier is
6634 declared as a typedef, @code{IDENTIFIER} otherwise.
6635
6636 The grammar rules can then express the context dependency by the choice of
6637 token type to recognize. @code{IDENTIFIER} is accepted as an expression,
6638 but @code{TYPENAME} is not. @code{TYPENAME} can start a declaration, but
6639 @code{IDENTIFIER} cannot. In contexts where the meaning of the identifier
6640 is @emph{not} significant, such as in declarations that can shadow a
6641 typedef name, either @code{TYPENAME} or @code{IDENTIFIER} is
6642 accepted---there is one rule for each of the two token types.
6643
6644 This technique is simple to use if the decision of which kinds of
6645 identifiers to allow is made at a place close to where the identifier is
6646 parsed. But in C this is not always so: C allows a declaration to
6647 redeclare a typedef name provided an explicit type has been specified
6648 earlier:
6649
6650 @example
6651 typedef int foo, bar;
6652 int baz (void)
6653 @{
6654 static bar (bar); /* @r{redeclare @code{bar} as static variable} */
6655 extern foo foo (foo); /* @r{redeclare @code{foo} as function} */
6656 return foo (bar);
6657 @}
6658 @end example
6659
6660 Unfortunately, the name being declared is separated from the declaration
6661 construct itself by a complicated syntactic structure---the ``declarator''.
6662
6663 As a result, part of the Bison parser for C needs to be duplicated, with
6664 all the nonterminal names changed: once for parsing a declaration in
6665 which a typedef name can be redefined, and once for parsing a
6666 declaration in which that can't be done. Here is a part of the
6667 duplication, with actions omitted for brevity:
6668
6669 @example
6670 initdcl:
6671 declarator maybeasm '='
6672 init
6673 | declarator maybeasm
6674 ;
6675
6676 notype_initdcl:
6677 notype_declarator maybeasm '='
6678 init
6679 | notype_declarator maybeasm
6680 ;
6681 @end example
6682
6683 @noindent
6684 Here @code{initdcl} can redeclare a typedef name, but @code{notype_initdcl}
6685 cannot. The distinction between @code{declarator} and
6686 @code{notype_declarator} is the same sort of thing.
6687
6688 There is some similarity between this technique and a lexical tie-in
6689 (described next), in that information which alters the lexical analysis is
6690 changed during parsing by other parts of the program. The difference is
6691 here the information is global, and is used for other purposes in the
6692 program. A true lexical tie-in has a special-purpose flag controlled by
6693 the syntactic context.
6694
6695 @node Lexical Tie-ins
6696 @section Lexical Tie-ins
6697 @cindex lexical tie-in
6698
6699 One way to handle context-dependency is the @dfn{lexical tie-in}: a flag
6700 which is set by Bison actions, whose purpose is to alter the way tokens are
6701 parsed.
6702
6703 For example, suppose we have a language vaguely like C, but with a special
6704 construct @samp{hex (@var{hex-expr})}. After the keyword @code{hex} comes
6705 an expression in parentheses in which all integers are hexadecimal. In
6706 particular, the token @samp{a1b} must be treated as an integer rather than
6707 as an identifier if it appears in that context. Here is how you can do it:
6708
6709 @example
6710 @group
6711 %@{
6712 int hexflag;
6713 int yylex (void);
6714 void yyerror (char const *);
6715 %@}
6716 %%
6717 @dots{}
6718 @end group
6719 @group
6720 expr: IDENTIFIER
6721 | constant
6722 | HEX '('
6723 @{ hexflag = 1; @}
6724 expr ')'
6725 @{ hexflag = 0;
6726 $$ = $4; @}
6727 | expr '+' expr
6728 @{ $$ = make_sum ($1, $3); @}
6729 @dots{}
6730 ;
6731 @end group
6732
6733 @group
6734 constant:
6735 INTEGER
6736 | STRING
6737 ;
6738 @end group
6739 @end example
6740
6741 @noindent
6742 Here we assume that @code{yylex} looks at the value of @code{hexflag}; when
6743 it is nonzero, all integers are parsed in hexadecimal, and tokens starting
6744 with letters are parsed as integers if possible.
6745
6746 The declaration of @code{hexflag} shown in the prologue of the parser file
6747 is needed to make it accessible to the actions (@pxref{Prologue, ,The Prologue}).
6748 You must also write the code in @code{yylex} to obey the flag.
6749
6750 @node Tie-in Recovery
6751 @section Lexical Tie-ins and Error Recovery
6752
6753 Lexical tie-ins make strict demands on any error recovery rules you have.
6754 @xref{Error Recovery}.
6755
6756 The reason for this is that the purpose of an error recovery rule is to
6757 abort the parsing of one construct and resume in some larger construct.
6758 For example, in C-like languages, a typical error recovery rule is to skip
6759 tokens until the next semicolon, and then start a new statement, like this:
6760
6761 @example
6762 stmt: expr ';'
6763 | IF '(' expr ')' stmt @{ @dots{} @}
6764 @dots{}
6765 error ';'
6766 @{ hexflag = 0; @}
6767 ;
6768 @end example
6769
6770 If there is a syntax error in the middle of a @samp{hex (@var{expr})}
6771 construct, this error rule will apply, and then the action for the
6772 completed @samp{hex (@var{expr})} will never run. So @code{hexflag} would
6773 remain set for the entire rest of the input, or until the next @code{hex}
6774 keyword, causing identifiers to be misinterpreted as integers.
6775
6776 To avoid this problem the error recovery rule itself clears @code{hexflag}.
6777
6778 There may also be an error recovery rule that works within expressions.
6779 For example, there could be a rule which applies within parentheses
6780 and skips to the close-parenthesis:
6781
6782 @example
6783 @group
6784 expr: @dots{}
6785 | '(' expr ')'
6786 @{ $$ = $2; @}
6787 | '(' error ')'
6788 @dots{}
6789 @end group
6790 @end example
6791
6792 If this rule acts within the @code{hex} construct, it is not going to abort
6793 that construct (since it applies to an inner level of parentheses within
6794 the construct). Therefore, it should not clear the flag: the rest of
6795 the @code{hex} construct should be parsed with the flag still in effect.
6796
6797 What if there is an error recovery rule which might abort out of the
6798 @code{hex} construct or might not, depending on circumstances? There is no
6799 way you can write the action to determine whether a @code{hex} construct is
6800 being aborted or not. So if you are using a lexical tie-in, you had better
6801 make sure your error recovery rules are not of this kind. Each rule must
6802 be such that you can be sure that it always will, or always won't, have to
6803 clear the flag.
6804
6805 @c ================================================== Debugging Your Parser
6806
6807 @node Debugging
6808 @chapter Debugging Your Parser
6809
6810 Developing a parser can be a challenge, especially if you don't
6811 understand the algorithm (@pxref{Algorithm, ,The Bison Parser
6812 Algorithm}). Even so, sometimes a detailed description of the automaton
6813 can help (@pxref{Understanding, , Understanding Your Parser}), or
6814 tracing the execution of the parser can give some insight on why it
6815 behaves improperly (@pxref{Tracing, , Tracing Your Parser}).
6816
6817 @menu
6818 * Understanding:: Understanding the structure of your parser.
6819 * Tracing:: Tracing the execution of your parser.
6820 @end menu
6821
6822 @node Understanding
6823 @section Understanding Your Parser
6824
6825 As documented elsewhere (@pxref{Algorithm, ,The Bison Parser Algorithm})
6826 Bison parsers are @dfn{shift/reduce automata}. In some cases (much more
6827 frequent than one would hope), looking at this automaton is required to
6828 tune or simply fix a parser. Bison provides two different
6829 representation of it, either textually or graphically (as a DOT file).
6830
6831 The textual file is generated when the options @option{--report} or
6832 @option{--verbose} are specified, see @xref{Invocation, , Invoking
6833 Bison}. Its name is made by removing @samp{.tab.c} or @samp{.c} from
6834 the parser output file name, and adding @samp{.output} instead.
6835 Therefore, if the input file is @file{foo.y}, then the parser file is
6836 called @file{foo.tab.c} by default. As a consequence, the verbose
6837 output file is called @file{foo.output}.
6838
6839 The following grammar file, @file{calc.y}, will be used in the sequel:
6840
6841 @example
6842 %token NUM STR
6843 %left '+' '-'
6844 %left '*'
6845 %%
6846 exp: exp '+' exp
6847 | exp '-' exp
6848 | exp '*' exp
6849 | exp '/' exp
6850 | NUM
6851 ;
6852 useless: STR;
6853 %%
6854 @end example
6855
6856 @command{bison} reports:
6857
6858 @example
6859 calc.y: warning: 1 useless nonterminal and 1 useless rule
6860 calc.y:11.1-7: warning: useless nonterminal: useless
6861 calc.y:11.10-12: warning: useless rule: useless: STR
6862 calc.y: conflicts: 7 shift/reduce
6863 @end example
6864
6865 When given @option{--report=state}, in addition to @file{calc.tab.c}, it
6866 creates a file @file{calc.output} with contents detailed below. The
6867 order of the output and the exact presentation might vary, but the
6868 interpretation is the same.
6869
6870 The first section includes details on conflicts that were solved thanks
6871 to precedence and/or associativity:
6872
6873 @example
6874 Conflict in state 8 between rule 2 and token '+' resolved as reduce.
6875 Conflict in state 8 between rule 2 and token '-' resolved as reduce.
6876 Conflict in state 8 between rule 2 and token '*' resolved as shift.
6877 @exdent @dots{}
6878 @end example
6879
6880 @noindent
6881 The next section lists states that still have conflicts.
6882
6883 @example
6884 State 8 conflicts: 1 shift/reduce
6885 State 9 conflicts: 1 shift/reduce
6886 State 10 conflicts: 1 shift/reduce
6887 State 11 conflicts: 4 shift/reduce
6888 @end example
6889
6890 @noindent
6891 @cindex token, useless
6892 @cindex useless token
6893 @cindex nonterminal, useless
6894 @cindex useless nonterminal
6895 @cindex rule, useless
6896 @cindex useless rule
6897 The next section reports useless tokens, nonterminal and rules. Useless
6898 nonterminals and rules are removed in order to produce a smaller parser,
6899 but useless tokens are preserved, since they might be used by the
6900 scanner (note the difference between ``useless'' and ``not used''
6901 below):
6902
6903 @example
6904 Useless nonterminals:
6905 useless
6906
6907 Terminals which are not used:
6908 STR
6909
6910 Useless rules:
6911 #6 useless: STR;
6912 @end example
6913
6914 @noindent
6915 The next section reproduces the exact grammar that Bison used:
6916
6917 @example
6918 Grammar
6919
6920 Number, Line, Rule
6921 0 5 $accept -> exp $end
6922 1 5 exp -> exp '+' exp
6923 2 6 exp -> exp '-' exp
6924 3 7 exp -> exp '*' exp
6925 4 8 exp -> exp '/' exp
6926 5 9 exp -> NUM
6927 @end example
6928
6929 @noindent
6930 and reports the uses of the symbols:
6931
6932 @example
6933 Terminals, with rules where they appear
6934
6935 $end (0) 0
6936 '*' (42) 3
6937 '+' (43) 1
6938 '-' (45) 2
6939 '/' (47) 4
6940 error (256)
6941 NUM (258) 5
6942
6943 Nonterminals, with rules where they appear
6944
6945 $accept (8)
6946 on left: 0
6947 exp (9)
6948 on left: 1 2 3 4 5, on right: 0 1 2 3 4
6949 @end example
6950
6951 @noindent
6952 @cindex item
6953 @cindex pointed rule
6954 @cindex rule, pointed
6955 Bison then proceeds onto the automaton itself, describing each state
6956 with it set of @dfn{items}, also known as @dfn{pointed rules}. Each
6957 item is a production rule together with a point (marked by @samp{.})
6958 that the input cursor.
6959
6960 @example
6961 state 0
6962
6963 $accept -> . exp $ (rule 0)
6964
6965 NUM shift, and go to state 1
6966
6967 exp go to state 2
6968 @end example
6969
6970 This reads as follows: ``state 0 corresponds to being at the very
6971 beginning of the parsing, in the initial rule, right before the start
6972 symbol (here, @code{exp}). When the parser returns to this state right
6973 after having reduced a rule that produced an @code{exp}, the control
6974 flow jumps to state 2. If there is no such transition on a nonterminal
6975 symbol, and the lookahead is a @code{NUM}, then this token is shifted on
6976 the parse stack, and the control flow jumps to state 1. Any other
6977 lookahead triggers a syntax error.''
6978
6979 @cindex core, item set
6980 @cindex item set core
6981 @cindex kernel, item set
6982 @cindex item set core
6983 Even though the only active rule in state 0 seems to be rule 0, the
6984 report lists @code{NUM} as a lookahead token because @code{NUM} can be
6985 at the beginning of any rule deriving an @code{exp}. By default Bison
6986 reports the so-called @dfn{core} or @dfn{kernel} of the item set, but if
6987 you want to see more detail you can invoke @command{bison} with
6988 @option{--report=itemset} to list all the items, include those that can
6989 be derived:
6990
6991 @example
6992 state 0
6993
6994 $accept -> . exp $ (rule 0)
6995 exp -> . exp '+' exp (rule 1)
6996 exp -> . exp '-' exp (rule 2)
6997 exp -> . exp '*' exp (rule 3)
6998 exp -> . exp '/' exp (rule 4)
6999 exp -> . NUM (rule 5)
7000
7001 NUM shift, and go to state 1
7002
7003 exp go to state 2
7004 @end example
7005
7006 @noindent
7007 In the state 1...
7008
7009 @example
7010 state 1
7011
7012 exp -> NUM . (rule 5)
7013
7014 $default reduce using rule 5 (exp)
7015 @end example
7016
7017 @noindent
7018 the rule 5, @samp{exp: NUM;}, is completed. Whatever the lookahead token
7019 (@samp{$default}), the parser will reduce it. If it was coming from
7020 state 0, then, after this reduction it will return to state 0, and will
7021 jump to state 2 (@samp{exp: go to state 2}).
7022
7023 @example
7024 state 2
7025
7026 $accept -> exp . $ (rule 0)
7027 exp -> exp . '+' exp (rule 1)
7028 exp -> exp . '-' exp (rule 2)
7029 exp -> exp . '*' exp (rule 3)
7030 exp -> exp . '/' exp (rule 4)
7031
7032 $ shift, and go to state 3
7033 '+' shift, and go to state 4
7034 '-' shift, and go to state 5
7035 '*' shift, and go to state 6
7036 '/' shift, and go to state 7
7037 @end example
7038
7039 @noindent
7040 In state 2, the automaton can only shift a symbol. For instance,
7041 because of the item @samp{exp -> exp . '+' exp}, if the lookahead if
7042 @samp{+}, it will be shifted on the parse stack, and the automaton
7043 control will jump to state 4, corresponding to the item @samp{exp -> exp
7044 '+' . exp}. Since there is no default action, any other token than
7045 those listed above will trigger a syntax error.
7046
7047 The state 3 is named the @dfn{final state}, or the @dfn{accepting
7048 state}:
7049
7050 @example
7051 state 3
7052
7053 $accept -> exp $ . (rule 0)
7054
7055 $default accept
7056 @end example
7057
7058 @noindent
7059 the initial rule is completed (the start symbol and the end
7060 of input were read), the parsing exits successfully.
7061
7062 The interpretation of states 4 to 7 is straightforward, and is left to
7063 the reader.
7064
7065 @example
7066 state 4
7067
7068 exp -> exp '+' . exp (rule 1)
7069
7070 NUM shift, and go to state 1
7071
7072 exp go to state 8
7073
7074 state 5
7075
7076 exp -> exp '-' . exp (rule 2)
7077
7078 NUM shift, and go to state 1
7079
7080 exp go to state 9
7081
7082 state 6
7083
7084 exp -> exp '*' . exp (rule 3)
7085
7086 NUM shift, and go to state 1
7087
7088 exp go to state 10
7089
7090 state 7
7091
7092 exp -> exp '/' . exp (rule 4)
7093
7094 NUM shift, and go to state 1
7095
7096 exp go to state 11
7097 @end example
7098
7099 As was announced in beginning of the report, @samp{State 8 conflicts:
7100 1 shift/reduce}:
7101
7102 @example
7103 state 8
7104
7105 exp -> exp . '+' exp (rule 1)
7106 exp -> exp '+' exp . (rule 1)
7107 exp -> exp . '-' exp (rule 2)
7108 exp -> exp . '*' exp (rule 3)
7109 exp -> exp . '/' exp (rule 4)
7110
7111 '*' shift, and go to state 6
7112 '/' shift, and go to state 7
7113
7114 '/' [reduce using rule 1 (exp)]
7115 $default reduce using rule 1 (exp)
7116 @end example
7117
7118 Indeed, there are two actions associated to the lookahead @samp{/}:
7119 either shifting (and going to state 7), or reducing rule 1. The
7120 conflict means that either the grammar is ambiguous, or the parser lacks
7121 information to make the right decision. Indeed the grammar is
7122 ambiguous, as, since we did not specify the precedence of @samp{/}, the
7123 sentence @samp{NUM + NUM / NUM} can be parsed as @samp{NUM + (NUM /
7124 NUM)}, which corresponds to shifting @samp{/}, or as @samp{(NUM + NUM) /
7125 NUM}, which corresponds to reducing rule 1.
7126
7127 Because in @acronym{LALR}(1) parsing a single decision can be made, Bison
7128 arbitrarily chose to disable the reduction, see @ref{Shift/Reduce, ,
7129 Shift/Reduce Conflicts}. Discarded actions are reported in between
7130 square brackets.
7131
7132 Note that all the previous states had a single possible action: either
7133 shifting the next token and going to the corresponding state, or
7134 reducing a single rule. In the other cases, i.e., when shifting
7135 @emph{and} reducing is possible or when @emph{several} reductions are
7136 possible, the lookahead is required to select the action. State 8 is
7137 one such state: if the lookahead is @samp{*} or @samp{/} then the action
7138 is shifting, otherwise the action is reducing rule 1. In other words,
7139 the first two items, corresponding to rule 1, are not eligible when the
7140 lookahead token is @samp{*}, since we specified that @samp{*} has higher
7141 precedence than @samp{+}. More generally, some items are eligible only
7142 with some set of possible lookahead tokens. When run with
7143 @option{--report=lookahead}, Bison specifies these lookahead tokens:
7144
7145 @example
7146 state 8
7147
7148 exp -> exp . '+' exp [$, '+', '-', '/'] (rule 1)
7149 exp -> exp '+' exp . [$, '+', '-', '/'] (rule 1)
7150 exp -> exp . '-' exp (rule 2)
7151 exp -> exp . '*' exp (rule 3)
7152 exp -> exp . '/' exp (rule 4)
7153
7154 '*' shift, and go to state 6
7155 '/' shift, and go to state 7
7156
7157 '/' [reduce using rule 1 (exp)]
7158 $default reduce using rule 1 (exp)
7159 @end example
7160
7161 The remaining states are similar:
7162
7163 @example
7164 state 9
7165
7166 exp -> exp . '+' exp (rule 1)
7167 exp -> exp . '-' exp (rule 2)
7168 exp -> exp '-' exp . (rule 2)
7169 exp -> exp . '*' exp (rule 3)
7170 exp -> exp . '/' exp (rule 4)
7171
7172 '*' shift, and go to state 6
7173 '/' shift, and go to state 7
7174
7175 '/' [reduce using rule 2 (exp)]
7176 $default reduce using rule 2 (exp)
7177
7178 state 10
7179
7180 exp -> exp . '+' exp (rule 1)
7181 exp -> exp . '-' exp (rule 2)
7182 exp -> exp . '*' exp (rule 3)
7183 exp -> exp '*' exp . (rule 3)
7184 exp -> exp . '/' exp (rule 4)
7185
7186 '/' shift, and go to state 7
7187
7188 '/' [reduce using rule 3 (exp)]
7189 $default reduce using rule 3 (exp)
7190
7191 state 11
7192
7193 exp -> exp . '+' exp (rule 1)
7194 exp -> exp . '-' exp (rule 2)
7195 exp -> exp . '*' exp (rule 3)
7196 exp -> exp . '/' exp (rule 4)
7197 exp -> exp '/' exp . (rule 4)
7198
7199 '+' shift, and go to state 4
7200 '-' shift, and go to state 5
7201 '*' shift, and go to state 6
7202 '/' shift, and go to state 7
7203
7204 '+' [reduce using rule 4 (exp)]
7205 '-' [reduce using rule 4 (exp)]
7206 '*' [reduce using rule 4 (exp)]
7207 '/' [reduce using rule 4 (exp)]
7208 $default reduce using rule 4 (exp)
7209 @end example
7210
7211 @noindent
7212 Observe that state 11 contains conflicts not only due to the lack of
7213 precedence of @samp{/} with respect to @samp{+}, @samp{-}, and
7214 @samp{*}, but also because the
7215 associativity of @samp{/} is not specified.
7216
7217
7218 @node Tracing
7219 @section Tracing Your Parser
7220 @findex yydebug
7221 @cindex debugging
7222 @cindex tracing the parser
7223
7224 If a Bison grammar compiles properly but doesn't do what you want when it
7225 runs, the @code{yydebug} parser-trace feature can help you figure out why.
7226
7227 There are several means to enable compilation of trace facilities:
7228
7229 @table @asis
7230 @item the macro @code{YYDEBUG}
7231 @findex YYDEBUG
7232 Define the macro @code{YYDEBUG} to a nonzero value when you compile the
7233 parser. This is compliant with @acronym{POSIX} Yacc. You could use
7234 @samp{-DYYDEBUG=1} as a compiler option or you could put @samp{#define
7235 YYDEBUG 1} in the prologue of the grammar file (@pxref{Prologue, , The
7236 Prologue}).
7237
7238 @item the option @option{-t}, @option{--debug}
7239 Use the @samp{-t} option when you run Bison (@pxref{Invocation,
7240 ,Invoking Bison}). This is @acronym{POSIX} compliant too.
7241
7242 @item the directive @samp{%debug}
7243 @findex %debug
7244 Add the @code{%debug} directive (@pxref{Decl Summary, ,Bison
7245 Declaration Summary}). This is a Bison extension, which will prove
7246 useful when Bison will output parsers for languages that don't use a
7247 preprocessor. Unless @acronym{POSIX} and Yacc portability matter to
7248 you, this is
7249 the preferred solution.
7250 @end table
7251
7252 We suggest that you always enable the debug option so that debugging is
7253 always possible.
7254
7255 The trace facility outputs messages with macro calls of the form
7256 @code{YYFPRINTF (stderr, @var{format}, @var{args})} where
7257 @var{format} and @var{args} are the usual @code{printf} format and variadic
7258 arguments. If you define @code{YYDEBUG} to a nonzero value but do not
7259 define @code{YYFPRINTF}, @code{<stdio.h>} is automatically included
7260 and @code{YYFPRINTF} is defined to @code{fprintf}.
7261
7262 Once you have compiled the program with trace facilities, the way to
7263 request a trace is to store a nonzero value in the variable @code{yydebug}.
7264 You can do this by making the C code do it (in @code{main}, perhaps), or
7265 you can alter the value with a C debugger.
7266
7267 Each step taken by the parser when @code{yydebug} is nonzero produces a
7268 line or two of trace information, written on @code{stderr}. The trace
7269 messages tell you these things:
7270
7271 @itemize @bullet
7272 @item
7273 Each time the parser calls @code{yylex}, what kind of token was read.
7274
7275 @item
7276 Each time a token is shifted, the depth and complete contents of the
7277 state stack (@pxref{Parser States}).
7278
7279 @item
7280 Each time a rule is reduced, which rule it is, and the complete contents
7281 of the state stack afterward.
7282 @end itemize
7283
7284 To make sense of this information, it helps to refer to the listing file
7285 produced by the Bison @samp{-v} option (@pxref{Invocation, ,Invoking
7286 Bison}). This file shows the meaning of each state in terms of
7287 positions in various rules, and also what each state will do with each
7288 possible input token. As you read the successive trace messages, you
7289 can see that the parser is functioning according to its specification in
7290 the listing file. Eventually you will arrive at the place where
7291 something undesirable happens, and you will see which parts of the
7292 grammar are to blame.
7293
7294 The parser file is a C program and you can use C debuggers on it, but it's
7295 not easy to interpret what it is doing. The parser function is a
7296 finite-state machine interpreter, and aside from the actions it executes
7297 the same code over and over. Only the values of variables show where in
7298 the grammar it is working.
7299
7300 @findex YYPRINT
7301 The debugging information normally gives the token type of each token
7302 read, but not its semantic value. You can optionally define a macro
7303 named @code{YYPRINT} to provide a way to print the value. If you define
7304 @code{YYPRINT}, it should take three arguments. The parser will pass a
7305 standard I/O stream, the numeric code for the token type, and the token
7306 value (from @code{yylval}).
7307
7308 Here is an example of @code{YYPRINT} suitable for the multi-function
7309 calculator (@pxref{Mfcalc Decl, ,Declarations for @code{mfcalc}}):
7310
7311 @smallexample
7312 %@{
7313 static void print_token_value (FILE *, int, YYSTYPE);
7314 #define YYPRINT(file, type, value) print_token_value (file, type, value)
7315 %@}
7316
7317 @dots{} %% @dots{} %% @dots{}
7318
7319 static void
7320 print_token_value (FILE *file, int type, YYSTYPE value)
7321 @{
7322 if (type == VAR)
7323 fprintf (file, "%s", value.tptr->name);
7324 else if (type == NUM)
7325 fprintf (file, "%d", value.val);
7326 @}
7327 @end smallexample
7328
7329 @c ================================================= Invoking Bison
7330
7331 @node Invocation
7332 @chapter Invoking Bison
7333 @cindex invoking Bison
7334 @cindex Bison invocation
7335 @cindex options for invoking Bison
7336
7337 The usual way to invoke Bison is as follows:
7338
7339 @example
7340 bison @var{infile}
7341 @end example
7342
7343 Here @var{infile} is the grammar file name, which usually ends in
7344 @samp{.y}. The parser file's name is made by replacing the @samp{.y}
7345 with @samp{.tab.c} and removing any leading directory. Thus, the
7346 @samp{bison foo.y} file name yields
7347 @file{foo.tab.c}, and the @samp{bison hack/foo.y} file name yields
7348 @file{foo.tab.c}. It's also possible, in case you are writing
7349 C++ code instead of C in your grammar file, to name it @file{foo.ypp}
7350 or @file{foo.y++}. Then, the output files will take an extension like
7351 the given one as input (respectively @file{foo.tab.cpp} and
7352 @file{foo.tab.c++}).
7353 This feature takes effect with all options that manipulate file names like
7354 @samp{-o} or @samp{-d}.
7355
7356 For example :
7357
7358 @example
7359 bison -d @var{infile.yxx}
7360 @end example
7361 @noindent
7362 will produce @file{infile.tab.cxx} and @file{infile.tab.hxx}, and
7363
7364 @example
7365 bison -d -o @var{output.c++} @var{infile.y}
7366 @end example
7367 @noindent
7368 will produce @file{output.c++} and @file{outfile.h++}.
7369
7370 For compatibility with @acronym{POSIX}, the standard Bison
7371 distribution also contains a shell script called @command{yacc} that
7372 invokes Bison with the @option{-y} option.
7373
7374 @menu
7375 * Bison Options:: All the options described in detail,
7376 in alphabetical order by short options.
7377 * Option Cross Key:: Alphabetical list of long options.
7378 * Yacc Library:: Yacc-compatible @code{yylex} and @code{main}.
7379 @end menu
7380
7381 @node Bison Options
7382 @section Bison Options
7383
7384 Bison supports both traditional single-letter options and mnemonic long
7385 option names. Long option names are indicated with @samp{--} instead of
7386 @samp{-}. Abbreviations for option names are allowed as long as they
7387 are unique. When a long option takes an argument, like
7388 @samp{--file-prefix}, connect the option name and the argument with
7389 @samp{=}.
7390
7391 Here is a list of options that can be used with Bison, alphabetized by
7392 short option. It is followed by a cross key alphabetized by long
7393 option.
7394
7395 @c Please, keep this ordered as in `bison --help'.
7396 @noindent
7397 Operations modes:
7398 @table @option
7399 @item -h
7400 @itemx --help
7401 Print a summary of the command-line options to Bison and exit.
7402
7403 @item -V
7404 @itemx --version
7405 Print the version number of Bison and exit.
7406
7407 @item --print-localedir
7408 Print the name of the directory containing locale-dependent data.
7409
7410 @item -y
7411 @itemx --yacc
7412 Act more like the traditional Yacc command. This can cause
7413 different diagnostics to be generated, and may change behavior in
7414 other minor ways. Most importantly, imitate Yacc's output
7415 file name conventions, so that the parser output file is called
7416 @file{y.tab.c}, and the other outputs are called @file{y.output} and
7417 @file{y.tab.h}.
7418 Also, if generating an @acronym{LALR}(1) parser in C, generate @code{#define}
7419 statements in addition to an @code{enum} to associate token numbers with token
7420 names.
7421 Thus, the following shell script can substitute for Yacc, and the Bison
7422 distribution contains such a script for compatibility with @acronym{POSIX}:
7423
7424 @example
7425 #! /bin/sh
7426 bison -y "$@@"
7427 @end example
7428
7429 The @option{-y}/@option{--yacc} option is intended for use with
7430 traditional Yacc grammars. If your grammar uses a Bison extension
7431 like @samp{%glr-parser}, Bison might not be Yacc-compatible even if
7432 this option is specified.
7433
7434 @end table
7435
7436 @noindent
7437 Tuning the parser:
7438
7439 @table @option
7440 @item -t
7441 @itemx --debug
7442 In the parser file, define the macro @code{YYDEBUG} to 1 if it is not
7443 already defined, so that the debugging facilities are compiled.
7444 @xref{Tracing, ,Tracing Your Parser}.
7445
7446 @item -L @var{language}
7447 @itemx --language=@var{language}
7448 Specify the programming language for the generated parser, as if
7449 @code{%language} was specified (@pxref{Decl Summary, , Bison Declaration
7450 Summary}). Currently supported languages include C and C++.
7451 @var{language} is case-insensitive.
7452
7453 @item --locations
7454 Pretend that @code{%locations} was specified. @xref{Decl Summary}.
7455
7456 @item -p @var{prefix}
7457 @itemx --name-prefix=@var{prefix}
7458 Pretend that @code{%name-prefix "@var{prefix}"} was specified.
7459 @xref{Decl Summary}.
7460
7461 @item -l
7462 @itemx --no-lines
7463 Don't put any @code{#line} preprocessor commands in the parser file.
7464 Ordinarily Bison puts them in the parser file so that the C compiler
7465 and debuggers will associate errors with your source file, the
7466 grammar file. This option causes them to associate errors with the
7467 parser file, treating it as an independent source file in its own right.
7468
7469 @item -n
7470 @itemx --no-parser
7471 Pretend that @code{%no-parser} was specified. @xref{Decl Summary}.
7472
7473 @item -S @var{file}
7474 @itemx --skeleton=@var{file}
7475 Specify the skeleton to use, similar to @code{%skeleton}
7476 (@pxref{Decl Summary, , Bison Declaration Summary}).
7477
7478 You probably don't need this option unless you are developing Bison.
7479 You should use @option{--language} if you want to specify the skeleton for a
7480 different language, because it is clearer and because it will always
7481 choose the correct skeleton for non-deterministic or push parsers.
7482
7483 If @var{file} does not contain a @code{/}, @var{file} is the name of a skeleton
7484 file in the Bison installation directory.
7485 If it does, @var{file} is an absolute file name or a file name relative to the
7486 current working directory.
7487 This is similar to how most shells resolve commands.
7488
7489 @item -k
7490 @itemx --token-table
7491 Pretend that @code{%token-table} was specified. @xref{Decl Summary}.
7492 @end table
7493
7494 @noindent
7495 Adjust the output:
7496
7497 @table @option
7498 @item -d
7499 @itemx --defines
7500 Pretend that @code{%defines} was specified, i.e., write an extra output
7501 file containing macro definitions for the token type names defined in
7502 the grammar, as well as a few other declarations. @xref{Decl Summary}.
7503
7504 @item --defines=@var{defines-file}
7505 Same as above, but save in the file @var{defines-file}.
7506
7507 @item -b @var{file-prefix}
7508 @itemx --file-prefix=@var{prefix}
7509 Pretend that @code{%file-prefix} was specified, i.e., specify prefix to use
7510 for all Bison output file names. @xref{Decl Summary}.
7511
7512 @item -r @var{things}
7513 @itemx --report=@var{things}
7514 Write an extra output file containing verbose description of the comma
7515 separated list of @var{things} among:
7516
7517 @table @code
7518 @item state
7519 Description of the grammar, conflicts (resolved and unresolved), and
7520 @acronym{LALR} automaton.
7521
7522 @item lookahead
7523 Implies @code{state} and augments the description of the automaton with
7524 each rule's lookahead set.
7525
7526 @item itemset
7527 Implies @code{state} and augments the description of the automaton with
7528 the full set of items for each state, instead of its core only.
7529 @end table
7530
7531 @item -v
7532 @itemx --verbose
7533 Pretend that @code{%verbose} was specified, i.e., write an extra output
7534 file containing verbose descriptions of the grammar and
7535 parser. @xref{Decl Summary}.
7536
7537 @item -o @var{file}
7538 @itemx --output=@var{file}
7539 Specify the @var{file} for the parser file.
7540
7541 The other output files' names are constructed from @var{file} as
7542 described under the @samp{-v} and @samp{-d} options.
7543
7544 @item -g
7545 Output a graphical representation of the @acronym{LALR}(1) grammar
7546 automaton computed by Bison, in @uref{http://www.graphviz.org/, Graphviz}
7547 @uref{http://www.graphviz.org/doc/info/lang.html, @acronym{DOT}} format.
7548 If the grammar file is @file{foo.y}, the output file will
7549 be @file{foo.dot}.
7550
7551 @item --graph=@var{graph-file}
7552 The behavior of @var{--graph} is the same than @samp{-g}. The only
7553 difference is that it has an optional argument which is the name of
7554 the output graph file.
7555 @end table
7556
7557 @node Option Cross Key
7558 @section Option Cross Key
7559
7560 @c FIXME: How about putting the directives too?
7561 Here is a list of options, alphabetized by long option, to help you find
7562 the corresponding short option.
7563
7564 @multitable {@option{--defines=@var{defines-file}}} {@option{-b @var{file-prefix}XXX}}
7565 @headitem Long Option @tab Short Option
7566 @item @option{--debug} @tab @option{-t}
7567 @item @option{--defines=@var{defines-file}} @tab @option{-d}
7568 @item @option{--file-prefix=@var{prefix}} @tab @option{-b @var{file-prefix}}
7569 @item @option{--graph=@var{graph-file}} @tab @option{-d}
7570 @item @option{--help} @tab @option{-h}
7571 @item @option{--name-prefix=@var{prefix}} @tab @option{-p @var{name-prefix}}
7572 @item @option{--no-lines} @tab @option{-l}
7573 @item @option{--no-parser} @tab @option{-n}
7574 @item @option{--output=@var{outfile}} @tab @option{-o @var{outfile}}
7575 @item @option{--print-localedir} @tab
7576 @item @option{--token-table} @tab @option{-k}
7577 @item @option{--verbose} @tab @option{-v}
7578 @item @option{--version} @tab @option{-V}
7579 @item @option{--yacc} @tab @option{-y}
7580 @end multitable
7581
7582 @node Yacc Library
7583 @section Yacc Library
7584
7585 The Yacc library contains default implementations of the
7586 @code{yyerror} and @code{main} functions. These default
7587 implementations are normally not useful, but @acronym{POSIX} requires
7588 them. To use the Yacc library, link your program with the
7589 @option{-ly} option. Note that Bison's implementation of the Yacc
7590 library is distributed under the terms of the @acronym{GNU} General
7591 Public License (@pxref{Copying}).
7592
7593 If you use the Yacc library's @code{yyerror} function, you should
7594 declare @code{yyerror} as follows:
7595
7596 @example
7597 int yyerror (char const *);
7598 @end example
7599
7600 Bison ignores the @code{int} value returned by this @code{yyerror}.
7601 If you use the Yacc library's @code{main} function, your
7602 @code{yyparse} function should have the following type signature:
7603
7604 @example
7605 int yyparse (void);
7606 @end example
7607
7608 @c ================================================= C++ Bison
7609
7610 @node Other Languages
7611 @chapter Parsers Written In Other Languages
7612
7613 @menu
7614 * C++ Parsers:: The interface to generate C++ parser classes
7615 * Java Parsers:: The interface to generate Java parser classes
7616 @end menu
7617
7618 @node C++ Parsers
7619 @section C++ Parsers
7620
7621 @menu
7622 * C++ Bison Interface:: Asking for C++ parser generation
7623 * C++ Semantic Values:: %union vs. C++
7624 * C++ Location Values:: The position and location classes
7625 * C++ Parser Interface:: Instantiating and running the parser
7626 * C++ Scanner Interface:: Exchanges between yylex and parse
7627 * A Complete C++ Example:: Demonstrating their use
7628 @end menu
7629
7630 @node C++ Bison Interface
7631 @subsection C++ Bison Interface
7632 @c - %language "C++"
7633 @c - Always pure
7634 @c - initial action
7635
7636 The C++ @acronym{LALR}(1) parser is selected using the language directive,
7637 @samp{%language "C++"}, or the synonymous command-line option
7638 @option{--language=c++}.
7639 @xref{Decl Summary}.
7640
7641 When run, @command{bison} will create several
7642 entities in the @samp{yy} namespace. Use the @samp{%name-prefix}
7643 directive to change the namespace name, see @ref{Decl Summary}. The
7644 various classes are generated in the following files:
7645
7646 @table @file
7647 @item position.hh
7648 @itemx location.hh
7649 The definition of the classes @code{position} and @code{location},
7650 used for location tracking. @xref{C++ Location Values}.
7651
7652 @item stack.hh
7653 An auxiliary class @code{stack} used by the parser.
7654
7655 @item @var{file}.hh
7656 @itemx @var{file}.cc
7657 (Assuming the extension of the input file was @samp{.yy}.) The
7658 declaration and implementation of the C++ parser class. The basename
7659 and extension of these two files follow the same rules as with regular C
7660 parsers (@pxref{Invocation}).
7661
7662 The header is @emph{mandatory}; you must either pass
7663 @option{-d}/@option{--defines} to @command{bison}, or use the
7664 @samp{%defines} directive.
7665 @end table
7666
7667 All these files are documented using Doxygen; run @command{doxygen}
7668 for a complete and accurate documentation.
7669
7670 @node C++ Semantic Values
7671 @subsection C++ Semantic Values
7672 @c - No objects in unions
7673 @c - YYSTYPE
7674 @c - Printer and destructor
7675
7676 The @code{%union} directive works as for C, see @ref{Union Decl, ,The
7677 Collection of Value Types}. In particular it produces a genuine
7678 @code{union}@footnote{In the future techniques to allow complex types
7679 within pseudo-unions (similar to Boost variants) might be implemented to
7680 alleviate these issues.}, which have a few specific features in C++.
7681 @itemize @minus
7682 @item
7683 The type @code{YYSTYPE} is defined but its use is discouraged: rather
7684 you should refer to the parser's encapsulated type
7685 @code{yy::parser::semantic_type}.
7686 @item
7687 Non POD (Plain Old Data) types cannot be used. C++ forbids any
7688 instance of classes with constructors in unions: only @emph{pointers}
7689 to such objects are allowed.
7690 @end itemize
7691
7692 Because objects have to be stored via pointers, memory is not
7693 reclaimed automatically: using the @code{%destructor} directive is the
7694 only means to avoid leaks. @xref{Destructor Decl, , Freeing Discarded
7695 Symbols}.
7696
7697
7698 @node C++ Location Values
7699 @subsection C++ Location Values
7700 @c - %locations
7701 @c - class Position
7702 @c - class Location
7703 @c - %define filename_type "const symbol::Symbol"
7704
7705 When the directive @code{%locations} is used, the C++ parser supports
7706 location tracking, see @ref{Locations, , Locations Overview}. Two
7707 auxiliary classes define a @code{position}, a single point in a file,
7708 and a @code{location}, a range composed of a pair of
7709 @code{position}s (possibly spanning several files).
7710
7711 @deftypemethod {position} {std::string*} file
7712 The name of the file. It will always be handled as a pointer, the
7713 parser will never duplicate nor deallocate it. As an experimental
7714 feature you may change it to @samp{@var{type}*} using @samp{%define
7715 filename_type "@var{type}"}.
7716 @end deftypemethod
7717
7718 @deftypemethod {position} {unsigned int} line
7719 The line, starting at 1.
7720 @end deftypemethod
7721
7722 @deftypemethod {position} {unsigned int} lines (int @var{height} = 1)
7723 Advance by @var{height} lines, resetting the column number.
7724 @end deftypemethod
7725
7726 @deftypemethod {position} {unsigned int} column
7727 The column, starting at 0.
7728 @end deftypemethod
7729
7730 @deftypemethod {position} {unsigned int} columns (int @var{width} = 1)
7731 Advance by @var{width} columns, without changing the line number.
7732 @end deftypemethod
7733
7734 @deftypemethod {position} {position&} operator+= (position& @var{pos}, int @var{width})
7735 @deftypemethodx {position} {position} operator+ (const position& @var{pos}, int @var{width})
7736 @deftypemethodx {position} {position&} operator-= (const position& @var{pos}, int @var{width})
7737 @deftypemethodx {position} {position} operator- (position& @var{pos}, int @var{width})
7738 Various forms of syntactic sugar for @code{columns}.
7739 @end deftypemethod
7740
7741 @deftypemethod {position} {position} operator<< (std::ostream @var{o}, const position& @var{p})
7742 Report @var{p} on @var{o} like this:
7743 @samp{@var{file}:@var{line}.@var{column}}, or
7744 @samp{@var{line}.@var{column}} if @var{file} is null.
7745 @end deftypemethod
7746
7747 @deftypemethod {location} {position} begin
7748 @deftypemethodx {location} {position} end
7749 The first, inclusive, position of the range, and the first beyond.
7750 @end deftypemethod
7751
7752 @deftypemethod {location} {unsigned int} columns (int @var{width} = 1)
7753 @deftypemethodx {location} {unsigned int} lines (int @var{height} = 1)
7754 Advance the @code{end} position.
7755 @end deftypemethod
7756
7757 @deftypemethod {location} {location} operator+ (const location& @var{begin}, const location& @var{end})
7758 @deftypemethodx {location} {location} operator+ (const location& @var{begin}, int @var{width})
7759 @deftypemethodx {location} {location} operator+= (const location& @var{loc}, int @var{width})
7760 Various forms of syntactic sugar.
7761 @end deftypemethod
7762
7763 @deftypemethod {location} {void} step ()
7764 Move @code{begin} onto @code{end}.
7765 @end deftypemethod
7766
7767
7768 @node C++ Parser Interface
7769 @subsection C++ Parser Interface
7770 @c - define parser_class_name
7771 @c - Ctor
7772 @c - parse, error, set_debug_level, debug_level, set_debug_stream,
7773 @c debug_stream.
7774 @c - Reporting errors
7775
7776 The output files @file{@var{output}.hh} and @file{@var{output}.cc}
7777 declare and define the parser class in the namespace @code{yy}. The
7778 class name defaults to @code{parser}, but may be changed using
7779 @samp{%define parser_class_name "@var{name}"}. The interface of
7780 this class is detailed below. It can be extended using the
7781 @code{%parse-param} feature: its semantics is slightly changed since
7782 it describes an additional member of the parser class, and an
7783 additional argument for its constructor.
7784
7785 @defcv {Type} {parser} {semantic_value_type}
7786 @defcvx {Type} {parser} {location_value_type}
7787 The types for semantics value and locations.
7788 @end defcv
7789
7790 @deftypemethod {parser} {} parser (@var{type1} @var{arg1}, ...)
7791 Build a new parser object. There are no arguments by default, unless
7792 @samp{%parse-param @{@var{type1} @var{arg1}@}} was used.
7793 @end deftypemethod
7794
7795 @deftypemethod {parser} {int} parse ()
7796 Run the syntactic analysis, and return 0 on success, 1 otherwise.
7797 @end deftypemethod
7798
7799 @deftypemethod {parser} {std::ostream&} debug_stream ()
7800 @deftypemethodx {parser} {void} set_debug_stream (std::ostream& @var{o})
7801 Get or set the stream used for tracing the parsing. It defaults to
7802 @code{std::cerr}.
7803 @end deftypemethod
7804
7805 @deftypemethod {parser} {debug_level_type} debug_level ()
7806 @deftypemethodx {parser} {void} set_debug_level (debug_level @var{l})
7807 Get or set the tracing level. Currently its value is either 0, no trace,
7808 or nonzero, full tracing.
7809 @end deftypemethod
7810
7811 @deftypemethod {parser} {void} error (const location_type& @var{l}, const std::string& @var{m})
7812 The definition for this member function must be supplied by the user:
7813 the parser uses it to report a parser error occurring at @var{l},
7814 described by @var{m}.
7815 @end deftypemethod
7816
7817
7818 @node C++ Scanner Interface
7819 @subsection C++ Scanner Interface
7820 @c - prefix for yylex.
7821 @c - Pure interface to yylex
7822 @c - %lex-param
7823
7824 The parser invokes the scanner by calling @code{yylex}. Contrary to C
7825 parsers, C++ parsers are always pure: there is no point in using the
7826 @code{%pure-parser} directive. Therefore the interface is as follows.
7827
7828 @deftypemethod {parser} {int} yylex (semantic_value_type& @var{yylval}, location_type& @var{yylloc}, @var{type1} @var{arg1}, ...)
7829 Return the next token. Its type is the return value, its semantic
7830 value and location being @var{yylval} and @var{yylloc}. Invocations of
7831 @samp{%lex-param @{@var{type1} @var{arg1}@}} yield additional arguments.
7832 @end deftypemethod
7833
7834
7835 @node A Complete C++ Example
7836 @subsection A Complete C++ Example
7837
7838 This section demonstrates the use of a C++ parser with a simple but
7839 complete example. This example should be available on your system,
7840 ready to compile, in the directory @dfn{../bison/examples/calc++}. It
7841 focuses on the use of Bison, therefore the design of the various C++
7842 classes is very naive: no accessors, no encapsulation of members etc.
7843 We will use a Lex scanner, and more precisely, a Flex scanner, to
7844 demonstrate the various interaction. A hand written scanner is
7845 actually easier to interface with.
7846
7847 @menu
7848 * Calc++ --- C++ Calculator:: The specifications
7849 * Calc++ Parsing Driver:: An active parsing context
7850 * Calc++ Parser:: A parser class
7851 * Calc++ Scanner:: A pure C++ Flex scanner
7852 * Calc++ Top Level:: Conducting the band
7853 @end menu
7854
7855 @node Calc++ --- C++ Calculator
7856 @subsubsection Calc++ --- C++ Calculator
7857
7858 Of course the grammar is dedicated to arithmetics, a single
7859 expression, possibly preceded by variable assignments. An
7860 environment containing possibly predefined variables such as
7861 @code{one} and @code{two}, is exchanged with the parser. An example
7862 of valid input follows.
7863
7864 @example
7865 three := 3
7866 seven := one + two * three
7867 seven * seven
7868 @end example
7869
7870 @node Calc++ Parsing Driver
7871 @subsubsection Calc++ Parsing Driver
7872 @c - An env
7873 @c - A place to store error messages
7874 @c - A place for the result
7875
7876 To support a pure interface with the parser (and the scanner) the
7877 technique of the ``parsing context'' is convenient: a structure
7878 containing all the data to exchange. Since, in addition to simply
7879 launch the parsing, there are several auxiliary tasks to execute (open
7880 the file for parsing, instantiate the parser etc.), we recommend
7881 transforming the simple parsing context structure into a fully blown
7882 @dfn{parsing driver} class.
7883
7884 The declaration of this driver class, @file{calc++-driver.hh}, is as
7885 follows. The first part includes the CPP guard and imports the
7886 required standard library components, and the declaration of the parser
7887 class.
7888
7889 @comment file: calc++-driver.hh
7890 @example
7891 #ifndef CALCXX_DRIVER_HH
7892 # define CALCXX_DRIVER_HH
7893 # include <string>
7894 # include <map>
7895 # include "calc++-parser.hh"
7896 @end example
7897
7898
7899 @noindent
7900 Then comes the declaration of the scanning function. Flex expects
7901 the signature of @code{yylex} to be defined in the macro
7902 @code{YY_DECL}, and the C++ parser expects it to be declared. We can
7903 factor both as follows.
7904
7905 @comment file: calc++-driver.hh
7906 @example
7907 // Tell Flex the lexer's prototype ...
7908 # define YY_DECL \
7909 yy::calcxx_parser::token_type \
7910 yylex (yy::calcxx_parser::semantic_type* yylval, \
7911 yy::calcxx_parser::location_type* yylloc, \
7912 calcxx_driver& driver)
7913 // ... and declare it for the parser's sake.
7914 YY_DECL;
7915 @end example
7916
7917 @noindent
7918 The @code{calcxx_driver} class is then declared with its most obvious
7919 members.
7920
7921 @comment file: calc++-driver.hh
7922 @example
7923 // Conducting the whole scanning and parsing of Calc++.
7924 class calcxx_driver
7925 @{
7926 public:
7927 calcxx_driver ();
7928 virtual ~calcxx_driver ();
7929
7930 std::map<std::string, int> variables;
7931
7932 int result;
7933 @end example
7934
7935 @noindent
7936 To encapsulate the coordination with the Flex scanner, it is useful to
7937 have two members function to open and close the scanning phase.
7938
7939 @comment file: calc++-driver.hh
7940 @example
7941 // Handling the scanner.
7942 void scan_begin ();
7943 void scan_end ();
7944 bool trace_scanning;
7945 @end example
7946
7947 @noindent
7948 Similarly for the parser itself.
7949
7950 @comment file: calc++-driver.hh
7951 @example
7952 // Run the parser. Return 0 on success.
7953 int parse (const std::string& f);
7954 std::string file;
7955 bool trace_parsing;
7956 @end example
7957
7958 @noindent
7959 To demonstrate pure handling of parse errors, instead of simply
7960 dumping them on the standard error output, we will pass them to the
7961 compiler driver using the following two member functions. Finally, we
7962 close the class declaration and CPP guard.
7963
7964 @comment file: calc++-driver.hh
7965 @example
7966 // Error handling.
7967 void error (const yy::location& l, const std::string& m);
7968 void error (const std::string& m);
7969 @};
7970 #endif // ! CALCXX_DRIVER_HH
7971 @end example
7972
7973 The implementation of the driver is straightforward. The @code{parse}
7974 member function deserves some attention. The @code{error} functions
7975 are simple stubs, they should actually register the located error
7976 messages and set error state.
7977
7978 @comment file: calc++-driver.cc
7979 @example
7980 #include "calc++-driver.hh"
7981 #include "calc++-parser.hh"
7982
7983 calcxx_driver::calcxx_driver ()
7984 : trace_scanning (false), trace_parsing (false)
7985 @{
7986 variables["one"] = 1;
7987 variables["two"] = 2;
7988 @}
7989
7990 calcxx_driver::~calcxx_driver ()
7991 @{
7992 @}
7993
7994 int
7995 calcxx_driver::parse (const std::string &f)
7996 @{
7997 file = f;
7998 scan_begin ();
7999 yy::calcxx_parser parser (*this);
8000 parser.set_debug_level (trace_parsing);
8001 int res = parser.parse ();
8002 scan_end ();
8003 return res;
8004 @}
8005
8006 void
8007 calcxx_driver::error (const yy::location& l, const std::string& m)
8008 @{
8009 std::cerr << l << ": " << m << std::endl;
8010 @}
8011
8012 void
8013 calcxx_driver::error (const std::string& m)
8014 @{
8015 std::cerr << m << std::endl;
8016 @}
8017 @end example
8018
8019 @node Calc++ Parser
8020 @subsubsection Calc++ Parser
8021
8022 The parser definition file @file{calc++-parser.yy} starts by asking for
8023 the C++ LALR(1) skeleton, the creation of the parser header file, and
8024 specifies the name of the parser class. Because the C++ skeleton
8025 changed several times, it is safer to require the version you designed
8026 the grammar for.
8027
8028 @comment file: calc++-parser.yy
8029 @example
8030 %language "C++" /* -*- C++ -*- */
8031 %require "@value{VERSION}"
8032 %defines
8033 %define parser_class_name "calcxx_parser"
8034 @end example
8035
8036 @noindent
8037 @findex %code requires
8038 Then come the declarations/inclusions needed to define the
8039 @code{%union}. Because the parser uses the parsing driver and
8040 reciprocally, both cannot include the header of the other. Because the
8041 driver's header needs detailed knowledge about the parser class (in
8042 particular its inner types), it is the parser's header which will simply
8043 use a forward declaration of the driver.
8044 @xref{Decl Summary, ,%code}.
8045
8046 @comment file: calc++-parser.yy
8047 @example
8048 %code requires @{
8049 # include <string>
8050 class calcxx_driver;
8051 @}
8052 @end example
8053
8054 @noindent
8055 The driver is passed by reference to the parser and to the scanner.
8056 This provides a simple but effective pure interface, not relying on
8057 global variables.
8058
8059 @comment file: calc++-parser.yy
8060 @example
8061 // The parsing context.
8062 %parse-param @{ calcxx_driver& driver @}
8063 %lex-param @{ calcxx_driver& driver @}
8064 @end example
8065
8066 @noindent
8067 Then we request the location tracking feature, and initialize the
8068 first location's file name. Afterwards new locations are computed
8069 relatively to the previous locations: the file name will be
8070 automatically propagated.
8071
8072 @comment file: calc++-parser.yy
8073 @example
8074 %locations
8075 %initial-action
8076 @{
8077 // Initialize the initial location.
8078 @@$.begin.filename = @@$.end.filename = &driver.file;
8079 @};
8080 @end example
8081
8082 @noindent
8083 Use the two following directives to enable parser tracing and verbose
8084 error messages.
8085
8086 @comment file: calc++-parser.yy
8087 @example
8088 %debug
8089 %error-verbose
8090 @end example
8091
8092 @noindent
8093 Semantic values cannot use ``real'' objects, but only pointers to
8094 them.
8095
8096 @comment file: calc++-parser.yy
8097 @example
8098 // Symbols.
8099 %union
8100 @{
8101 int ival;
8102 std::string *sval;
8103 @};
8104 @end example
8105
8106 @noindent
8107 @findex %code
8108 The code between @samp{%code @{} and @samp{@}} is output in the
8109 @file{*.cc} file; it needs detailed knowledge about the driver.
8110
8111 @comment file: calc++-parser.yy
8112 @example
8113 %code @{
8114 # include "calc++-driver.hh"
8115 @}
8116 @end example
8117
8118
8119 @noindent
8120 The token numbered as 0 corresponds to end of file; the following line
8121 allows for nicer error messages referring to ``end of file'' instead
8122 of ``$end''. Similarly user friendly named are provided for each
8123 symbol. Note that the tokens names are prefixed by @code{TOKEN_} to
8124 avoid name clashes.
8125
8126 @comment file: calc++-parser.yy
8127 @example
8128 %token END 0 "end of file"
8129 %token ASSIGN ":="
8130 %token <sval> IDENTIFIER "identifier"
8131 %token <ival> NUMBER "number"
8132 %type <ival> exp
8133 @end example
8134
8135 @noindent
8136 To enable memory deallocation during error recovery, use
8137 @code{%destructor}.
8138
8139 @c FIXME: Document %printer, and mention that it takes a braced-code operand.
8140 @comment file: calc++-parser.yy
8141 @example
8142 %printer @{ debug_stream () << *$$; @} "identifier"
8143 %destructor @{ delete $$; @} "identifier"
8144
8145 %printer @{ debug_stream () << $$; @} <ival>
8146 @end example
8147
8148 @noindent
8149 The grammar itself is straightforward.
8150
8151 @comment file: calc++-parser.yy
8152 @example
8153 %%
8154 %start unit;
8155 unit: assignments exp @{ driver.result = $2; @};
8156
8157 assignments: assignments assignment @{@}
8158 | /* Nothing. */ @{@};
8159
8160 assignment:
8161 "identifier" ":=" exp
8162 @{ driver.variables[*$1] = $3; delete $1; @};
8163
8164 %left '+' '-';
8165 %left '*' '/';
8166 exp: exp '+' exp @{ $$ = $1 + $3; @}
8167 | exp '-' exp @{ $$ = $1 - $3; @}
8168 | exp '*' exp @{ $$ = $1 * $3; @}
8169 | exp '/' exp @{ $$ = $1 / $3; @}
8170 | "identifier" @{ $$ = driver.variables[*$1]; delete $1; @}
8171 | "number" @{ $$ = $1; @};
8172 %%
8173 @end example
8174
8175 @noindent
8176 Finally the @code{error} member function registers the errors to the
8177 driver.
8178
8179 @comment file: calc++-parser.yy
8180 @example
8181 void
8182 yy::calcxx_parser::error (const yy::calcxx_parser::location_type& l,
8183 const std::string& m)
8184 @{
8185 driver.error (l, m);
8186 @}
8187 @end example
8188
8189 @node Calc++ Scanner
8190 @subsubsection Calc++ Scanner
8191
8192 The Flex scanner first includes the driver declaration, then the
8193 parser's to get the set of defined tokens.
8194
8195 @comment file: calc++-scanner.ll
8196 @example
8197 %@{ /* -*- C++ -*- */
8198 # include <cstdlib>
8199 # include <errno.h>
8200 # include <limits.h>
8201 # include <string>
8202 # include "calc++-driver.hh"
8203 # include "calc++-parser.hh"
8204
8205 /* Work around an incompatibility in flex (at least versions
8206 2.5.31 through 2.5.33): it generates code that does
8207 not conform to C89. See Debian bug 333231
8208 <http://bugs.debian.org/cgi-bin/bugreport.cgi?bug=333231>. */
8209 # undef yywrap
8210 # define yywrap() 1
8211
8212 /* By default yylex returns int, we use token_type.
8213 Unfortunately yyterminate by default returns 0, which is
8214 not of token_type. */
8215 #define yyterminate() return token::END
8216 %@}
8217 @end example
8218
8219 @noindent
8220 Because there is no @code{#include}-like feature we don't need
8221 @code{yywrap}, we don't need @code{unput} either, and we parse an
8222 actual file, this is not an interactive session with the user.
8223 Finally we enable the scanner tracing features.
8224
8225 @comment file: calc++-scanner.ll
8226 @example
8227 %option noyywrap nounput batch debug
8228 @end example
8229
8230 @noindent
8231 Abbreviations allow for more readable rules.
8232
8233 @comment file: calc++-scanner.ll
8234 @example
8235 id [a-zA-Z][a-zA-Z_0-9]*
8236 int [0-9]+
8237 blank [ \t]
8238 @end example
8239
8240 @noindent
8241 The following paragraph suffices to track locations accurately. Each
8242 time @code{yylex} is invoked, the begin position is moved onto the end
8243 position. Then when a pattern is matched, the end position is
8244 advanced of its width. In case it matched ends of lines, the end
8245 cursor is adjusted, and each time blanks are matched, the begin cursor
8246 is moved onto the end cursor to effectively ignore the blanks
8247 preceding tokens. Comments would be treated equally.
8248
8249 @comment file: calc++-scanner.ll
8250 @example
8251 %@{
8252 # define YY_USER_ACTION yylloc->columns (yyleng);
8253 %@}
8254 %%
8255 %@{
8256 yylloc->step ();
8257 %@}
8258 @{blank@}+ yylloc->step ();
8259 [\n]+ yylloc->lines (yyleng); yylloc->step ();
8260 @end example
8261
8262 @noindent
8263 The rules are simple, just note the use of the driver to report errors.
8264 It is convenient to use a typedef to shorten
8265 @code{yy::calcxx_parser::token::identifier} into
8266 @code{token::identifier} for instance.
8267
8268 @comment file: calc++-scanner.ll
8269 @example
8270 %@{
8271 typedef yy::calcxx_parser::token token;
8272 %@}
8273 /* Convert ints to the actual type of tokens. */
8274 [-+*/] return yy::calcxx_parser::token_type (yytext[0]);
8275 ":=" return token::ASSIGN;
8276 @{int@} @{
8277 errno = 0;
8278 long n = strtol (yytext, NULL, 10);
8279 if (! (INT_MIN <= n && n <= INT_MAX && errno != ERANGE))
8280 driver.error (*yylloc, "integer is out of range");
8281 yylval->ival = n;
8282 return token::NUMBER;
8283 @}
8284 @{id@} yylval->sval = new std::string (yytext); return token::IDENTIFIER;
8285 . driver.error (*yylloc, "invalid character");
8286 %%
8287 @end example
8288
8289 @noindent
8290 Finally, because the scanner related driver's member function depend
8291 on the scanner's data, it is simpler to implement them in this file.
8292
8293 @comment file: calc++-scanner.ll
8294 @example
8295 void
8296 calcxx_driver::scan_begin ()
8297 @{
8298 yy_flex_debug = trace_scanning;
8299 if (file == "-")
8300 yyin = stdin;
8301 else if (!(yyin = fopen (file.c_str (), "r")))
8302 @{
8303 error (std::string ("cannot open ") + file);
8304 exit (1);
8305 @}
8306 @}
8307
8308 void
8309 calcxx_driver::scan_end ()
8310 @{
8311 fclose (yyin);
8312 @}
8313 @end example
8314
8315 @node Calc++ Top Level
8316 @subsubsection Calc++ Top Level
8317
8318 The top level file, @file{calc++.cc}, poses no problem.
8319
8320 @comment file: calc++.cc
8321 @example
8322 #include <iostream>
8323 #include "calc++-driver.hh"
8324
8325 int
8326 main (int argc, char *argv[])
8327 @{
8328 calcxx_driver driver;
8329 for (++argv; argv[0]; ++argv)
8330 if (*argv == std::string ("-p"))
8331 driver.trace_parsing = true;
8332 else if (*argv == std::string ("-s"))
8333 driver.trace_scanning = true;
8334 else if (!driver.parse (*argv))
8335 std::cout << driver.result << std::endl;
8336 @}
8337 @end example
8338
8339 @node Java Parsers
8340 @section Java Parsers
8341
8342 @menu
8343 * Java Bison Interface:: Asking for Java parser generation
8344 * Java Semantic Values:: %type and %token vs. Java
8345 * Java Location Values:: The position and location classes
8346 * Java Parser Interface:: Instantiating and running the parser
8347 * Java Scanner Interface:: Java scanners, and pure parsers
8348 * Java Differences:: Differences between C/C++ and Java Grammars
8349 @end menu
8350
8351 @node Java Bison Interface
8352 @subsection Java Bison Interface
8353 @c - %language "Java"
8354 @c - initial action
8355
8356 The Java parser skeletons are selected using a language directive,
8357 @samp{%language "Java"}, or the synonymous command-line option
8358 @option{--language=java}.
8359
8360 When run, @command{bison} will create several entities whose name
8361 starts with @samp{YY}. Use the @samp{%name-prefix} directive to
8362 change the prefix, see @ref{Decl Summary}; classes can be placed
8363 in an arbitrary Java package using a @samp{%define package} section.
8364
8365 The parser class defines an inner class, @code{Location}, that is used
8366 for location tracking. If the parser is pure, it also defines an
8367 inner interface, @code{Lexer}; see~@ref{Java Scanner Interface} for the
8368 meaning of pure parsers when the Java language is chosen. Other than
8369 these inner class/interface, and the members described in~@ref{Java
8370 Parser Interface}, all the other members and fields are preceded
8371 with a @code{yy} prefix to avoid clashes with user code.
8372
8373 No header file can be generated for Java parsers; you must not pass
8374 @option{-d}/@option{--defines} to @command{bison}, nor use the
8375 @samp{%defines} directive.
8376
8377 By default, the @samp{YYParser} class has package visibility. A
8378 declaration @samp{%define "public"} will change to public visibility.
8379 Remember that, according to the Java language specification, the name
8380 of the @file{.java} file should match the name of the class in this
8381 case.
8382
8383 Similarly, a declaration @samp{%define "abstract"} will make your
8384 class abstract.
8385
8386 You can create documentation for generated parsers using Javadoc.
8387
8388 @node Java Semantic Values
8389 @subsection Java Semantic Values
8390 @c - No %union, specify type in %type/%token.
8391 @c - YYSTYPE
8392 @c - Printer and destructor
8393
8394 There is no @code{%union} directive in Java parsers. Instead, the
8395 semantic values' types (class names) should be specified in the
8396 @code{%type} or @code{%token} directive:
8397
8398 @example
8399 %type <Expression> expr assignment_expr term factor
8400 %type <Integer> number
8401 @end example
8402
8403 By default, the semantic stack is declared to have @code{Object} members,
8404 which means that the class types you specify can be of any class.
8405 To improve the type safety of the parser, you can declare the common
8406 superclass of all the semantic values using the @samp{%define} directive.
8407 For example, after the following declaration:
8408
8409 @example
8410 %define "stype" "ASTNode"
8411 @end example
8412
8413 @noindent
8414 any @code{%type} or @code{%token} specifying a semantic type which
8415 is not a subclass of ASTNode, will cause a compile-time error.
8416
8417 Types used in the directives may be qualified with a package name.
8418 Primitive data types are accepted for Java version 1.5 or later. Note
8419 that in this case the autoboxing feature of Java 1.5 will be used.
8420
8421 Java parsers do not support @code{%destructor}, since the language
8422 adopts garbage collection. The parser will try to hold references
8423 to semantic values for as little time as needed.
8424
8425 Java parsers do not support @code{%printer}, as @code{toString()}
8426 can be used to print the semantic values. This however may change
8427 (in a backwards-compatible way) in future versions of Bison.
8428
8429
8430 @node Java Location Values
8431 @subsection Java Location Values
8432 @c - %locations
8433 @c - class Position
8434 @c - class Location
8435
8436 When the directive @code{%locations} is used, the Java parser
8437 supports location tracking, see @ref{Locations, , Locations Overview}.
8438 An auxiliary user-defined class defines a @dfn{position}, a single point
8439 in a file; Bison itself defines a class representing a @dfn{location},
8440 a range composed of a pair of positions (possibly spanning several
8441 files). The location class is an inner class of the parser; the name
8442 is @code{Location} by default, may also be renamed using @code{%define
8443 "location_type" "@var{class-name}}.
8444
8445 The location class treats the position as a completely opaque value.
8446 By default, the class name is @code{Position}, but this can be changed
8447 with @code{%define "position_type" "@var{class-name}"}.
8448
8449
8450 @deftypemethod {Location} {Position} begin
8451 @deftypemethodx {Location} {Position} end
8452 The first, inclusive, position of the range, and the first beyond.
8453 @end deftypemethod
8454
8455 @deftypemethod {Location} {void} toString ()
8456 Prints the range represented by the location. For this to work
8457 properly, the position class should override the @code{equals} and
8458 @code{toString} methods appropriately.
8459 @end deftypemethod
8460
8461
8462 @node Java Parser Interface
8463 @subsection Java Parser Interface
8464 @c - define parser_class_name
8465 @c - Ctor
8466 @c - parse, error, set_debug_level, debug_level, set_debug_stream,
8467 @c debug_stream.
8468 @c - Reporting errors
8469
8470 The output file defines the parser class in the package optionally
8471 indicated in the @code{%define package} section. The class name defaults
8472 to @code{YYParser}. The @code{YY} prefix may be changed using
8473 @samp{%name-prefix}; alternatively, you can use @samp{%define
8474 "parser_class_name" "@var{name}"} to give a custom name to the class.
8475 The interface of this class is detailed below. It can be extended using
8476 the @code{%parse-param} directive; each occurrence of the directive will
8477 add a field to the parser class, and an argument to its constructor.
8478
8479 @deftypemethod {YYParser} {} YYParser (@var{type1} @var{arg1}, ...)
8480 Build a new parser object. There are no arguments by default, unless
8481 @samp{%parse-param @{@var{type1} @var{arg1}@}} was used.
8482 @end deftypemethod
8483
8484 @deftypemethod {YYParser} {boolean} parse ()
8485 Run the syntactic analysis, and return @code{true} on success,
8486 @code{false} otherwise.
8487 @end deftypemethod
8488
8489 @deftypemethod {YYParser} {boolean} recovering ()
8490 During the syntactic analysis, return @code{true} if recovering
8491 from a syntax error. @xref{Error Recovery}.
8492 @end deftypemethod
8493
8494 @deftypemethod {YYParser} {java.io.PrintStream} getDebugStream ()
8495 @deftypemethodx {YYParser} {void} setDebugStream (java.io.printStream @var{o})
8496 Get or set the stream used for tracing the parsing. It defaults to
8497 @code{System.err}.
8498 @end deftypemethod
8499
8500 @deftypemethod {YYParser} {int} getDebugLevel ()
8501 @deftypemethodx {YYParser} {void} setDebugLevel (int @var{l})
8502 Get or set the tracing level. Currently its value is either 0, no trace,
8503 or nonzero, full tracing.
8504 @end deftypemethod
8505
8506 @deftypemethod {YYParser} {void} error (Location @var{l}, String @var{m})
8507 The definition for this member function must be supplied by the user
8508 in the same way as the scanner interface (@pxref{Java Scanner
8509 Interface}); the parser uses it to report a parser error occurring at
8510 @var{l}, described by @var{m}.
8511 @end deftypemethod
8512
8513
8514 @node Java Scanner Interface
8515 @subsection Java Scanner Interface
8516 @c - %code lexer
8517 @c - %lex-param
8518 @c - Lexer interface
8519
8520 Contrary to C parsers, Java parsers do not use global variables; the
8521 state of the parser is always local to an instance of the parser class.
8522 Therefore, all Java parsers are ``pure'', and the @code{%pure-parser}
8523 directive does not do anything when used in Java.
8524
8525 The scanner always resides in a separate class than the parser.
8526 Still, Java also two possible ways to interface a Bison-generated Java
8527 parser with a scanner, that is, the scanner may reside in a separate file
8528 than the Bison grammar, or in the same file. The interface
8529 to the scanner is similar in the two cases.
8530
8531 In the first case, where the scanner in the same file as the grammar, the
8532 scanner code has to be placed in @code{%code lexer} blocks. If you want
8533 to pass parameters from the parser constructor to the scanner constructor,
8534 specify them with @code{%lex-param}; they are passed before
8535 @code{%parse-param}s to the constructor.
8536
8537 In the second case, the scanner has to implement interface @code{Lexer},
8538 which is defined within the parser class (e.g., @code{YYParser.Lexer}).
8539 The constructor of the parser object will then accept an object
8540 implementing the interface; @code{%lex-param} is not used in this
8541 case.
8542
8543 In both cases, the scanner has to implement the following methods.
8544
8545 @deftypemethod {Lexer} {void} yyerror (Location @var{l}, String @var{m})
8546 As explained in @pxref{Java Parser Interface}, this method is defined
8547 by the user to emit an error message. The first parameter is omitted
8548 if location tracking is not active. Its type can be changed using
8549 @samp{%define "location_type" "@var{class-name}".}
8550 @end deftypemethod
8551
8552 @deftypemethod {Lexer} {int} yylex (@var{type1} @var{arg1}, ...)
8553 Return the next token. Its type is the return value, its semantic
8554 value and location are saved and returned by the ther methods in the
8555 interface. Invocations of @samp{%lex-param @{@var{type1}
8556 @var{arg1}@}} yield additional arguments.
8557 @end deftypemethod
8558
8559 @deftypemethod {Lexer} {Position} getStartPos ()
8560 @deftypemethodx {Lexer} {Position} getEndPos ()
8561 Return respectively the first position of the last token that
8562 @code{yylex} returned, and the first position beyond it. These
8563 methods are not needed unless location tracking is active.
8564
8565 The return type can be changed using @samp{%define "position_type"
8566 "@var{class-name}".}
8567 @end deftypemethod
8568
8569 @deftypemethod {Lexer} {Object} getLVal ()
8570 Return respectively the first position of the last token that yylex
8571 returned, and the first position beyond it.
8572
8573 The return type can be changed using @samp{%define "stype"
8574 "@var{class-name}".}
8575 @end deftypemethod
8576
8577
8578 If @code{%pure-parser} is not specified, the lexer interface
8579 resides in the same class (@code{YYParser}) as the Bison-generated
8580 parser. The fields and methods that are provided to
8581 this end are as follows.
8582
8583 @deftypemethod {YYParser} {void} error (Location @var{l}, String @var{m})
8584 As explained in @pxref{Java Parser Interface}, this method is defined
8585 by the user to emit an error message. The first parameter is not used
8586 unless location tracking is active. Its type can be changed using
8587 @samp{%define "location_type" "@var{class-name}".}
8588 @end deftypemethod
8589
8590 @deftypemethod {YYParser} {int} yylex (@var{type1} @var{arg1}, ...)
8591 Return the next token. Its type is the return value, its semantic
8592 value and location are saved into @code{yylval}, @code{yystartpos},
8593 @code{yyendpos}. Invocations of @samp{%lex-param @{@var{type1}
8594 @var{arg1}@}} yield additional arguments.
8595 @end deftypemethod
8596
8597 @deftypecv {Field} {YYParser} Position yystartpos
8598 @deftypecvx {Field} {YYParser} Position yyendpos
8599 Contain respectively the first position of the last token that yylex
8600 returned, and the first position beyond it. These methods are not
8601 needed unless location tracking is active.
8602
8603 The field's type can be changed using @samp{%define "position_type"
8604 "@var{class-name}".}
8605 @end deftypecv
8606
8607 @deftypecv {Field} {YYParser} Object yylval
8608 Return respectively the first position of the last token that yylex
8609 returned, and the first position beyond it.
8610
8611 The field's type can be changed using @samp{%define "stype"
8612 "@var{class-name}".}
8613 @end deftypecv
8614
8615 @node Java Differences
8616 @subsection Differences between C/C++ and Java Grammars
8617
8618 The different structure of the Java language forces several differences
8619 between C/C++ grammars, and grammars designed for Java parsers. This
8620 section summarizes these differences.
8621
8622 @itemize
8623 @item
8624 Java lacks a preprocessor, so the @code{YYERROR}, @code{YYACCEPT},
8625 @code{YYABORT} symbols (@pxref{Table of Symbols}) cannot obviously be
8626 macros. Instead, they should be preceded by @code{return} when they
8627 appear in an action. The actual definition of these symbols is
8628 opaque to the Bison grammar, and it might change in the future. The
8629 only meaningful operation that you can do, is to return them.
8630
8631 Note that of these three symbols, only @code{YYACCEPT} and
8632 @code{YYABORT} will cause a return from the @code{yyparse}
8633 method@footnote{Java parsers include the actions in a separate
8634 method than @code{yyparse} in order to have an intuitive syntax that
8635 corresponds to these C macros.}.
8636
8637 @item
8638 The prolog declarations have a different meaning than in C/C++ code.
8639 @table @asis
8640 @item @code{%code imports}
8641 blocks are placed at the beginning of the Java source code. They may
8642 include copyright notices. For a @code{package} declarations, it is
8643 suggested to use @code{%define package} instead.
8644
8645 @item unqualified @code{%code}
8646 blocks are placed inside the parser class.
8647
8648 @item @code{%code lexer}
8649 blocks, if specified, should include the implementation of the
8650 scanner. If there is no such block, the scanner can be any class
8651 that implements the appropriate interface (see @pxref{Java Scanner
8652 Interface}).
8653 @end table
8654
8655 Other @code{%code} blocks are not supported in Java parsers.
8656 The epilogue has the same meaning as in C/C++ code and it can
8657 be used to define other classes used by the parser.
8658 @end itemize
8659
8660 @c ================================================= FAQ
8661
8662 @node FAQ
8663 @chapter Frequently Asked Questions
8664 @cindex frequently asked questions
8665 @cindex questions
8666
8667 Several questions about Bison come up occasionally. Here some of them
8668 are addressed.
8669
8670 @menu
8671 * Memory Exhausted:: Breaking the Stack Limits
8672 * How Can I Reset the Parser:: @code{yyparse} Keeps some State
8673 * Strings are Destroyed:: @code{yylval} Loses Track of Strings
8674 * Implementing Gotos/Loops:: Control Flow in the Calculator
8675 * Multiple start-symbols:: Factoring closely related grammars
8676 * Secure? Conform?:: Is Bison @acronym{POSIX} safe?
8677 * I can't build Bison:: Troubleshooting
8678 * Where can I find help?:: Troubleshouting
8679 * Bug Reports:: Troublereporting
8680 * More Languages:: Parsers in C++, Java, and so on
8681 * Beta Testing:: Experimenting development versions
8682 * Mailing Lists:: Meeting other Bison users
8683 @end menu
8684
8685 @node Memory Exhausted
8686 @section Memory Exhausted
8687
8688 @display
8689 My parser returns with error with a @samp{memory exhausted}
8690 message. What can I do?
8691 @end display
8692
8693 This question is already addressed elsewhere, @xref{Recursion,
8694 ,Recursive Rules}.
8695
8696 @node How Can I Reset the Parser
8697 @section How Can I Reset the Parser
8698
8699 The following phenomenon has several symptoms, resulting in the
8700 following typical questions:
8701
8702 @display
8703 I invoke @code{yyparse} several times, and on correct input it works
8704 properly; but when a parse error is found, all the other calls fail
8705 too. How can I reset the error flag of @code{yyparse}?
8706 @end display
8707
8708 @noindent
8709 or
8710
8711 @display
8712 My parser includes support for an @samp{#include}-like feature, in
8713 which case I run @code{yyparse} from @code{yyparse}. This fails
8714 although I did specify I needed a @code{%pure-parser}.
8715 @end display
8716
8717 These problems typically come not from Bison itself, but from
8718 Lex-generated scanners. Because these scanners use large buffers for
8719 speed, they might not notice a change of input file. As a
8720 demonstration, consider the following source file,
8721 @file{first-line.l}:
8722
8723 @verbatim
8724 %{
8725 #include <stdio.h>
8726 #include <stdlib.h>
8727 %}
8728 %%
8729 .*\n ECHO; return 1;
8730 %%
8731 int
8732 yyparse (char const *file)
8733 {
8734 yyin = fopen (file, "r");
8735 if (!yyin)
8736 exit (2);
8737 /* One token only. */
8738 yylex ();
8739 if (fclose (yyin) != 0)
8740 exit (3);
8741 return 0;
8742 }
8743
8744 int
8745 main (void)
8746 {
8747 yyparse ("input");
8748 yyparse ("input");
8749 return 0;
8750 }
8751 @end verbatim
8752
8753 @noindent
8754 If the file @file{input} contains
8755
8756 @verbatim
8757 input:1: Hello,
8758 input:2: World!
8759 @end verbatim
8760
8761 @noindent
8762 then instead of getting the first line twice, you get:
8763
8764 @example
8765 $ @kbd{flex -ofirst-line.c first-line.l}
8766 $ @kbd{gcc -ofirst-line first-line.c -ll}
8767 $ @kbd{./first-line}
8768 input:1: Hello,
8769 input:2: World!
8770 @end example
8771
8772 Therefore, whenever you change @code{yyin}, you must tell the
8773 Lex-generated scanner to discard its current buffer and switch to the
8774 new one. This depends upon your implementation of Lex; see its
8775 documentation for more. For Flex, it suffices to call
8776 @samp{YY_FLUSH_BUFFER} after each change to @code{yyin}. If your
8777 Flex-generated scanner needs to read from several input streams to
8778 handle features like include files, you might consider using Flex
8779 functions like @samp{yy_switch_to_buffer} that manipulate multiple
8780 input buffers.
8781
8782 If your Flex-generated scanner uses start conditions (@pxref{Start
8783 conditions, , Start conditions, flex, The Flex Manual}), you might
8784 also want to reset the scanner's state, i.e., go back to the initial
8785 start condition, through a call to @samp{BEGIN (0)}.
8786
8787 @node Strings are Destroyed
8788 @section Strings are Destroyed
8789
8790 @display
8791 My parser seems to destroy old strings, or maybe it loses track of
8792 them. Instead of reporting @samp{"foo", "bar"}, it reports
8793 @samp{"bar", "bar"}, or even @samp{"foo\nbar", "bar"}.
8794 @end display
8795
8796 This error is probably the single most frequent ``bug report'' sent to
8797 Bison lists, but is only concerned with a misunderstanding of the role
8798 of the scanner. Consider the following Lex code:
8799
8800 @verbatim
8801 %{
8802 #include <stdio.h>
8803 char *yylval = NULL;
8804 %}
8805 %%
8806 .* yylval = yytext; return 1;
8807 \n /* IGNORE */
8808 %%
8809 int
8810 main ()
8811 {
8812 /* Similar to using $1, $2 in a Bison action. */
8813 char *fst = (yylex (), yylval);
8814 char *snd = (yylex (), yylval);
8815 printf ("\"%s\", \"%s\"\n", fst, snd);
8816 return 0;
8817 }
8818 @end verbatim
8819
8820 If you compile and run this code, you get:
8821
8822 @example
8823 $ @kbd{flex -osplit-lines.c split-lines.l}
8824 $ @kbd{gcc -osplit-lines split-lines.c -ll}
8825 $ @kbd{printf 'one\ntwo\n' | ./split-lines}
8826 "one
8827 two", "two"
8828 @end example
8829
8830 @noindent
8831 this is because @code{yytext} is a buffer provided for @emph{reading}
8832 in the action, but if you want to keep it, you have to duplicate it
8833 (e.g., using @code{strdup}). Note that the output may depend on how
8834 your implementation of Lex handles @code{yytext}. For instance, when
8835 given the Lex compatibility option @option{-l} (which triggers the
8836 option @samp{%array}) Flex generates a different behavior:
8837
8838 @example
8839 $ @kbd{flex -l -osplit-lines.c split-lines.l}
8840 $ @kbd{gcc -osplit-lines split-lines.c -ll}
8841 $ @kbd{printf 'one\ntwo\n' | ./split-lines}
8842 "two", "two"
8843 @end example
8844
8845
8846 @node Implementing Gotos/Loops
8847 @section Implementing Gotos/Loops
8848
8849 @display
8850 My simple calculator supports variables, assignments, and functions,
8851 but how can I implement gotos, or loops?
8852 @end display
8853
8854 Although very pedagogical, the examples included in the document blur
8855 the distinction to make between the parser---whose job is to recover
8856 the structure of a text and to transmit it to subsequent modules of
8857 the program---and the processing (such as the execution) of this
8858 structure. This works well with so called straight line programs,
8859 i.e., precisely those that have a straightforward execution model:
8860 execute simple instructions one after the others.
8861
8862 @cindex abstract syntax tree
8863 @cindex @acronym{AST}
8864 If you want a richer model, you will probably need to use the parser
8865 to construct a tree that does represent the structure it has
8866 recovered; this tree is usually called the @dfn{abstract syntax tree},
8867 or @dfn{@acronym{AST}} for short. Then, walking through this tree,
8868 traversing it in various ways, will enable treatments such as its
8869 execution or its translation, which will result in an interpreter or a
8870 compiler.
8871
8872 This topic is way beyond the scope of this manual, and the reader is
8873 invited to consult the dedicated literature.
8874
8875
8876 @node Multiple start-symbols
8877 @section Multiple start-symbols
8878
8879 @display
8880 I have several closely related grammars, and I would like to share their
8881 implementations. In fact, I could use a single grammar but with
8882 multiple entry points.
8883 @end display
8884
8885 Bison does not support multiple start-symbols, but there is a very
8886 simple means to simulate them. If @code{foo} and @code{bar} are the two
8887 pseudo start-symbols, then introduce two new tokens, say
8888 @code{START_FOO} and @code{START_BAR}, and use them as switches from the
8889 real start-symbol:
8890
8891 @example
8892 %token START_FOO START_BAR;
8893 %start start;
8894 start: START_FOO foo
8895 | START_BAR bar;
8896 @end example
8897
8898 These tokens prevents the introduction of new conflicts. As far as the
8899 parser goes, that is all that is needed.
8900
8901 Now the difficult part is ensuring that the scanner will send these
8902 tokens first. If your scanner is hand-written, that should be
8903 straightforward. If your scanner is generated by Lex, them there is
8904 simple means to do it: recall that anything between @samp{%@{ ... %@}}
8905 after the first @code{%%} is copied verbatim in the top of the generated
8906 @code{yylex} function. Make sure a variable @code{start_token} is
8907 available in the scanner (e.g., a global variable or using
8908 @code{%lex-param} etc.), and use the following:
8909
8910 @example
8911 /* @r{Prologue.} */
8912 %%
8913 %@{
8914 if (start_token)
8915 @{
8916 int t = start_token;
8917 start_token = 0;
8918 return t;
8919 @}
8920 %@}
8921 /* @r{The rules.} */
8922 @end example
8923
8924
8925 @node Secure? Conform?
8926 @section Secure? Conform?
8927
8928 @display
8929 Is Bison secure? Does it conform to POSIX?
8930 @end display
8931
8932 If you're looking for a guarantee or certification, we don't provide it.
8933 However, Bison is intended to be a reliable program that conforms to the
8934 @acronym{POSIX} specification for Yacc. If you run into problems,
8935 please send us a bug report.
8936
8937 @node I can't build Bison
8938 @section I can't build Bison
8939
8940 @display
8941 I can't build Bison because @command{make} complains that
8942 @code{msgfmt} is not found.
8943 What should I do?
8944 @end display
8945
8946 Like most GNU packages with internationalization support, that feature
8947 is turned on by default. If you have problems building in the @file{po}
8948 subdirectory, it indicates that your system's internationalization
8949 support is lacking. You can re-configure Bison with
8950 @option{--disable-nls} to turn off this support, or you can install GNU
8951 gettext from @url{ftp://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/gettext/} and re-configure
8952 Bison. See the file @file{ABOUT-NLS} for more information.
8953
8954
8955 @node Where can I find help?
8956 @section Where can I find help?
8957
8958 @display
8959 I'm having trouble using Bison. Where can I find help?
8960 @end display
8961
8962 First, read this fine manual. Beyond that, you can send mail to
8963 @email{help-bison@@gnu.org}. This mailing list is intended to be
8964 populated with people who are willing to answer questions about using
8965 and installing Bison. Please keep in mind that (most of) the people on
8966 the list have aspects of their lives which are not related to Bison (!),
8967 so you may not receive an answer to your question right away. This can
8968 be frustrating, but please try not to honk them off; remember that any
8969 help they provide is purely voluntary and out of the kindness of their
8970 hearts.
8971
8972 @node Bug Reports
8973 @section Bug Reports
8974
8975 @display
8976 I found a bug. What should I include in the bug report?
8977 @end display
8978
8979 Before you send a bug report, make sure you are using the latest
8980 version. Check @url{ftp://ftp.gnu.org/pub/gnu/bison/} or one of its
8981 mirrors. Be sure to include the version number in your bug report. If
8982 the bug is present in the latest version but not in a previous version,
8983 try to determine the most recent version which did not contain the bug.
8984
8985 If the bug is parser-related, you should include the smallest grammar
8986 you can which demonstrates the bug. The grammar file should also be
8987 complete (i.e., I should be able to run it through Bison without having
8988 to edit or add anything). The smaller and simpler the grammar, the
8989 easier it will be to fix the bug.
8990
8991 Include information about your compilation environment, including your
8992 operating system's name and version and your compiler's name and
8993 version. If you have trouble compiling, you should also include a
8994 transcript of the build session, starting with the invocation of
8995 `configure'. Depending on the nature of the bug, you may be asked to
8996 send additional files as well (such as `config.h' or `config.cache').
8997
8998 Patches are most welcome, but not required. That is, do not hesitate to
8999 send a bug report just because you can not provide a fix.
9000
9001 Send bug reports to @email{bug-bison@@gnu.org}.
9002
9003 @node More Languages
9004 @section More Languages
9005
9006 @display
9007 Will Bison ever have C++ and Java support? How about @var{insert your
9008 favorite language here}?
9009 @end display
9010
9011 C++ and Java support is there now, and is documented. We'd love to add other
9012 languages; contributions are welcome.
9013
9014 @node Beta Testing
9015 @section Beta Testing
9016
9017 @display
9018 What is involved in being a beta tester?
9019 @end display
9020
9021 It's not terribly involved. Basically, you would download a test
9022 release, compile it, and use it to build and run a parser or two. After
9023 that, you would submit either a bug report or a message saying that
9024 everything is okay. It is important to report successes as well as
9025 failures because test releases eventually become mainstream releases,
9026 but only if they are adequately tested. If no one tests, development is
9027 essentially halted.
9028
9029 Beta testers are particularly needed for operating systems to which the
9030 developers do not have easy access. They currently have easy access to
9031 recent GNU/Linux and Solaris versions. Reports about other operating
9032 systems are especially welcome.
9033
9034 @node Mailing Lists
9035 @section Mailing Lists
9036
9037 @display
9038 How do I join the help-bison and bug-bison mailing lists?
9039 @end display
9040
9041 See @url{http://lists.gnu.org/}.
9042
9043 @c ================================================= Table of Symbols
9044
9045 @node Table of Symbols
9046 @appendix Bison Symbols
9047 @cindex Bison symbols, table of
9048 @cindex symbols in Bison, table of
9049
9050 @deffn {Variable} @@$
9051 In an action, the location of the left-hand side of the rule.
9052 @xref{Locations, , Locations Overview}.
9053 @end deffn
9054
9055 @deffn {Variable} @@@var{n}
9056 In an action, the location of the @var{n}-th symbol of the right-hand
9057 side of the rule. @xref{Locations, , Locations Overview}.
9058 @end deffn
9059
9060 @deffn {Variable} $$
9061 In an action, the semantic value of the left-hand side of the rule.
9062 @xref{Actions}.
9063 @end deffn
9064
9065 @deffn {Variable} $@var{n}
9066 In an action, the semantic value of the @var{n}-th symbol of the
9067 right-hand side of the rule. @xref{Actions}.
9068 @end deffn
9069
9070 @deffn {Delimiter} %%
9071 Delimiter used to separate the grammar rule section from the
9072 Bison declarations section or the epilogue.
9073 @xref{Grammar Layout, ,The Overall Layout of a Bison Grammar}.
9074 @end deffn
9075
9076 @c Don't insert spaces, or check the DVI output.
9077 @deffn {Delimiter} %@{@var{code}%@}
9078 All code listed between @samp{%@{} and @samp{%@}} is copied directly to
9079 the output file uninterpreted. Such code forms the prologue of the input
9080 file. @xref{Grammar Outline, ,Outline of a Bison
9081 Grammar}.
9082 @end deffn
9083
9084 @deffn {Construct} /*@dots{}*/
9085 Comment delimiters, as in C.
9086 @end deffn
9087
9088 @deffn {Delimiter} :
9089 Separates a rule's result from its components. @xref{Rules, ,Syntax of
9090 Grammar Rules}.
9091 @end deffn
9092
9093 @deffn {Delimiter} ;
9094 Terminates a rule. @xref{Rules, ,Syntax of Grammar Rules}.
9095 @end deffn
9096
9097 @deffn {Delimiter} |
9098 Separates alternate rules for the same result nonterminal.
9099 @xref{Rules, ,Syntax of Grammar Rules}.
9100 @end deffn
9101
9102 @deffn {Directive} <*>
9103 Used to define a default tagged @code{%destructor} or default tagged
9104 @code{%printer}.
9105
9106 This feature is experimental.
9107 More user feedback will help to determine whether it should become a permanent
9108 feature.
9109
9110 @xref{Destructor Decl, , Freeing Discarded Symbols}.
9111 @end deffn
9112
9113 @deffn {Directive} <>
9114 Used to define a default tagless @code{%destructor} or default tagless
9115 @code{%printer}.
9116
9117 This feature is experimental.
9118 More user feedback will help to determine whether it should become a permanent
9119 feature.
9120
9121 @xref{Destructor Decl, , Freeing Discarded Symbols}.
9122 @end deffn
9123
9124 @deffn {Symbol} $accept
9125 The predefined nonterminal whose only rule is @samp{$accept: @var{start}
9126 $end}, where @var{start} is the start symbol. @xref{Start Decl, , The
9127 Start-Symbol}. It cannot be used in the grammar.
9128 @end deffn
9129
9130 @deffn {Directive} %code @{@var{code}@}
9131 @deffnx {Directive} %code @var{qualifier} @{@var{code}@}
9132 Insert @var{code} verbatim into output parser source.
9133 @xref{Decl Summary,,%code}.
9134 @end deffn
9135
9136 @deffn {Directive} %debug
9137 Equip the parser for debugging. @xref{Decl Summary}.
9138 @end deffn
9139
9140 @deffn {Directive} %debug
9141 Equip the parser for debugging. @xref{Decl Summary}.
9142 @end deffn
9143
9144 @ifset defaultprec
9145 @deffn {Directive} %default-prec
9146 Assign a precedence to rules that lack an explicit @samp{%prec}
9147 modifier. @xref{Contextual Precedence, ,Context-Dependent
9148 Precedence}.
9149 @end deffn
9150 @end ifset
9151
9152 @deffn {Directive} %define @var{define-variable}
9153 @deffnx {Directive} %define @var{define-variable} @var{value}
9154 Define a variable to adjust Bison's behavior.
9155 @xref{Decl Summary,,%define}.
9156 @end deffn
9157
9158 @deffn {Directive} %defines
9159 Bison declaration to create a header file meant for the scanner.
9160 @xref{Decl Summary}.
9161 @end deffn
9162
9163 @deffn {Directive} %defines @var{defines-file}
9164 Same as above, but save in the file @var{defines-file}.
9165 @xref{Decl Summary}.
9166 @end deffn
9167
9168 @deffn {Directive} %destructor
9169 Specify how the parser should reclaim the memory associated to
9170 discarded symbols. @xref{Destructor Decl, , Freeing Discarded Symbols}.
9171 @end deffn
9172
9173 @deffn {Directive} %dprec
9174 Bison declaration to assign a precedence to a rule that is used at parse
9175 time to resolve reduce/reduce conflicts. @xref{GLR Parsers, ,Writing
9176 @acronym{GLR} Parsers}.
9177 @end deffn
9178
9179 @deffn {Symbol} $end
9180 The predefined token marking the end of the token stream. It cannot be
9181 used in the grammar.
9182 @end deffn
9183
9184 @deffn {Symbol} error
9185 A token name reserved for error recovery. This token may be used in
9186 grammar rules so as to allow the Bison parser to recognize an error in
9187 the grammar without halting the process. In effect, a sentence
9188 containing an error may be recognized as valid. On a syntax error, the
9189 token @code{error} becomes the current lookahead token. Actions
9190 corresponding to @code{error} are then executed, and the lookahead
9191 token is reset to the token that originally caused the violation.
9192 @xref{Error Recovery}.
9193 @end deffn
9194
9195 @deffn {Directive} %error-verbose
9196 Bison declaration to request verbose, specific error message strings
9197 when @code{yyerror} is called.
9198 @end deffn
9199
9200 @deffn {Directive} %file-prefix "@var{prefix}"
9201 Bison declaration to set the prefix of the output files. @xref{Decl
9202 Summary}.
9203 @end deffn
9204
9205 @deffn {Directive} %glr-parser
9206 Bison declaration to produce a @acronym{GLR} parser. @xref{GLR
9207 Parsers, ,Writing @acronym{GLR} Parsers}.
9208 @end deffn
9209
9210 @deffn {Directive} %initial-action
9211 Run user code before parsing. @xref{Initial Action Decl, , Performing Actions before Parsing}.
9212 @end deffn
9213
9214 @deffn {Directive} %language
9215 Specify the programming language for the generated parser.
9216 @xref{Decl Summary}.
9217 @end deffn
9218
9219 @deffn {Directive} %left
9220 Bison declaration to assign left associativity to token(s).
9221 @xref{Precedence Decl, ,Operator Precedence}.
9222 @end deffn
9223
9224 @deffn {Directive} %lex-param @{@var{argument-declaration}@}
9225 Bison declaration to specifying an additional parameter that
9226 @code{yylex} should accept. @xref{Pure Calling,, Calling Conventions
9227 for Pure Parsers}.
9228 @end deffn
9229
9230 @deffn {Directive} %merge
9231 Bison declaration to assign a merging function to a rule. If there is a
9232 reduce/reduce conflict with a rule having the same merging function, the
9233 function is applied to the two semantic values to get a single result.
9234 @xref{GLR Parsers, ,Writing @acronym{GLR} Parsers}.
9235 @end deffn
9236
9237 @deffn {Directive} %name-prefix "@var{prefix}"
9238 Bison declaration to rename the external symbols. @xref{Decl Summary}.
9239 @end deffn
9240
9241 @ifset defaultprec
9242 @deffn {Directive} %no-default-prec
9243 Do not assign a precedence to rules that lack an explicit @samp{%prec}
9244 modifier. @xref{Contextual Precedence, ,Context-Dependent
9245 Precedence}.
9246 @end deffn
9247 @end ifset
9248
9249 @deffn {Directive} %no-lines
9250 Bison declaration to avoid generating @code{#line} directives in the
9251 parser file. @xref{Decl Summary}.
9252 @end deffn
9253
9254 @deffn {Directive} %nonassoc
9255 Bison declaration to assign nonassociativity to token(s).
9256 @xref{Precedence Decl, ,Operator Precedence}.
9257 @end deffn
9258
9259 @deffn {Directive} %output "@var{file}"
9260 Bison declaration to set the name of the parser file. @xref{Decl
9261 Summary}.
9262 @end deffn
9263
9264 @deffn {Directive} %parse-param @{@var{argument-declaration}@}
9265 Bison declaration to specifying an additional parameter that
9266 @code{yyparse} should accept. @xref{Parser Function,, The Parser
9267 Function @code{yyparse}}.
9268 @end deffn
9269
9270 @deffn {Directive} %prec
9271 Bison declaration to assign a precedence to a specific rule.
9272 @xref{Contextual Precedence, ,Context-Dependent Precedence}.
9273 @end deffn
9274
9275 @deffn {Directive} %pure-parser
9276 Bison declaration to request a pure (reentrant) parser.
9277 @xref{Pure Decl, ,A Pure (Reentrant) Parser}.
9278 @end deffn
9279
9280 @deffn {Directive} %require "@var{version}"
9281 Require version @var{version} or higher of Bison. @xref{Require Decl, ,
9282 Require a Version of Bison}.
9283 @end deffn
9284
9285 @deffn {Directive} %right
9286 Bison declaration to assign right associativity to token(s).
9287 @xref{Precedence Decl, ,Operator Precedence}.
9288 @end deffn
9289
9290 @deffn {Directive} %skeleton
9291 Specify the skeleton to use; usually for development.
9292 @xref{Decl Summary}.
9293 @end deffn
9294
9295 @deffn {Directive} %start
9296 Bison declaration to specify the start symbol. @xref{Start Decl, ,The
9297 Start-Symbol}.
9298 @end deffn
9299
9300 @deffn {Directive} %token
9301 Bison declaration to declare token(s) without specifying precedence.
9302 @xref{Token Decl, ,Token Type Names}.
9303 @end deffn
9304
9305 @deffn {Directive} %token-table
9306 Bison declaration to include a token name table in the parser file.
9307 @xref{Decl Summary}.
9308 @end deffn
9309
9310 @deffn {Directive} %type
9311 Bison declaration to declare nonterminals. @xref{Type Decl,
9312 ,Nonterminal Symbols}.
9313 @end deffn
9314
9315 @deffn {Symbol} $undefined
9316 The predefined token onto which all undefined values returned by
9317 @code{yylex} are mapped. It cannot be used in the grammar, rather, use
9318 @code{error}.
9319 @end deffn
9320
9321 @deffn {Directive} %union
9322 Bison declaration to specify several possible data types for semantic
9323 values. @xref{Union Decl, ,The Collection of Value Types}.
9324 @end deffn
9325
9326 @deffn {Macro} YYABORT
9327 Macro to pretend that an unrecoverable syntax error has occurred, by
9328 making @code{yyparse} return 1 immediately. The error reporting
9329 function @code{yyerror} is not called. @xref{Parser Function, ,The
9330 Parser Function @code{yyparse}}.
9331
9332 For Java parsers, this functionality is invoked using @code{return YYABORT;}
9333 instead.
9334 @end deffn
9335
9336 @deffn {Macro} YYACCEPT
9337 Macro to pretend that a complete utterance of the language has been
9338 read, by making @code{yyparse} return 0 immediately.
9339 @xref{Parser Function, ,The Parser Function @code{yyparse}}.
9340
9341 For Java parsers, this functionality is invoked using @code{return YYACCEPT;}
9342 instead.
9343 @end deffn
9344
9345 @deffn {Macro} YYBACKUP
9346 Macro to discard a value from the parser stack and fake a lookahead
9347 token. @xref{Action Features, ,Special Features for Use in Actions}.
9348 @end deffn
9349
9350 @deffn {Variable} yychar
9351 External integer variable that contains the integer value of the
9352 lookahead token. (In a pure parser, it is a local variable within
9353 @code{yyparse}.) Error-recovery rule actions may examine this variable.
9354 @xref{Action Features, ,Special Features for Use in Actions}.
9355 @end deffn
9356
9357 @deffn {Variable} yyclearin
9358 Macro used in error-recovery rule actions. It clears the previous
9359 lookahead token. @xref{Error Recovery}.
9360 @end deffn
9361
9362 @deffn {Macro} YYDEBUG
9363 Macro to define to equip the parser with tracing code. @xref{Tracing,
9364 ,Tracing Your Parser}.
9365 @end deffn
9366
9367 @deffn {Variable} yydebug
9368 External integer variable set to zero by default. If @code{yydebug}
9369 is given a nonzero value, the parser will output information on input
9370 symbols and parser action. @xref{Tracing, ,Tracing Your Parser}.
9371 @end deffn
9372
9373 @deffn {Macro} yyerrok
9374 Macro to cause parser to recover immediately to its normal mode
9375 after a syntax error. @xref{Error Recovery}.
9376 @end deffn
9377
9378 @deffn {Macro} YYERROR
9379 Macro to pretend that a syntax error has just been detected: call
9380 @code{yyerror} and then perform normal error recovery if possible
9381 (@pxref{Error Recovery}), or (if recovery is impossible) make
9382 @code{yyparse} return 1. @xref{Error Recovery}.
9383
9384 For Java parsers, this functionality is invoked using @code{return YYERROR;}
9385 instead.
9386 @end deffn
9387
9388 @deffn {Function} yyerror
9389 User-supplied function to be called by @code{yyparse} on error.
9390 @xref{Error Reporting, ,The Error
9391 Reporting Function @code{yyerror}}.
9392 @end deffn
9393
9394 @deffn {Macro} YYERROR_VERBOSE
9395 An obsolete macro that you define with @code{#define} in the prologue
9396 to request verbose, specific error message strings
9397 when @code{yyerror} is called. It doesn't matter what definition you
9398 use for @code{YYERROR_VERBOSE}, just whether you define it. Using
9399 @code{%error-verbose} is preferred.
9400 @end deffn
9401
9402 @deffn {Macro} YYINITDEPTH
9403 Macro for specifying the initial size of the parser stack.
9404 @xref{Memory Management}.
9405 @end deffn
9406
9407 @deffn {Function} yylex
9408 User-supplied lexical analyzer function, called with no arguments to get
9409 the next token. @xref{Lexical, ,The Lexical Analyzer Function
9410 @code{yylex}}.
9411 @end deffn
9412
9413 @deffn {Macro} YYLEX_PARAM
9414 An obsolete macro for specifying an extra argument (or list of extra
9415 arguments) for @code{yyparse} to pass to @code{yylex}. The use of this
9416 macro is deprecated, and is supported only for Yacc like parsers.
9417 @xref{Pure Calling,, Calling Conventions for Pure Parsers}.
9418 @end deffn
9419
9420 @deffn {Variable} yylloc
9421 External variable in which @code{yylex} should place the line and column
9422 numbers associated with a token. (In a pure parser, it is a local
9423 variable within @code{yyparse}, and its address is passed to
9424 @code{yylex}.)
9425 You can ignore this variable if you don't use the @samp{@@} feature in the
9426 grammar actions.
9427 @xref{Token Locations, ,Textual Locations of Tokens}.
9428 In semantic actions, it stores the location of the lookahead token.
9429 @xref{Actions and Locations, ,Actions and Locations}.
9430 @end deffn
9431
9432 @deffn {Type} YYLTYPE
9433 Data type of @code{yylloc}; by default, a structure with four
9434 members. @xref{Location Type, , Data Types of Locations}.
9435 @end deffn
9436
9437 @deffn {Variable} yylval
9438 External variable in which @code{yylex} should place the semantic
9439 value associated with a token. (In a pure parser, it is a local
9440 variable within @code{yyparse}, and its address is passed to
9441 @code{yylex}.)
9442 @xref{Token Values, ,Semantic Values of Tokens}.
9443 In semantic actions, it stores the semantic value of the lookahead token.
9444 @xref{Actions, ,Actions}.
9445 @end deffn
9446
9447 @deffn {Macro} YYMAXDEPTH
9448 Macro for specifying the maximum size of the parser stack. @xref{Memory
9449 Management}.
9450 @end deffn
9451
9452 @deffn {Variable} yynerrs
9453 Global variable which Bison increments each time it reports a syntax error.
9454 (In a pure parser, it is a local variable within @code{yyparse}.)
9455 @xref{Error Reporting, ,The Error Reporting Function @code{yyerror}}.
9456 @end deffn
9457
9458 @deffn {Function} yyparse
9459 The parser function produced by Bison; call this function to start
9460 parsing. @xref{Parser Function, ,The Parser Function @code{yyparse}}.
9461 @end deffn
9462
9463 @deffn {Macro} YYPARSE_PARAM
9464 An obsolete macro for specifying the name of a parameter that
9465 @code{yyparse} should accept. The use of this macro is deprecated, and
9466 is supported only for Yacc like parsers. @xref{Pure Calling,, Calling
9467 Conventions for Pure Parsers}.
9468 @end deffn
9469
9470 @deffn {Macro} YYRECOVERING
9471 The expression @code{YYRECOVERING ()} yields 1 when the parser
9472 is recovering from a syntax error, and 0 otherwise.
9473 @xref{Action Features, ,Special Features for Use in Actions}.
9474 @end deffn
9475
9476 @deffn {Macro} YYSTACK_USE_ALLOCA
9477 Macro used to control the use of @code{alloca} when the C
9478 @acronym{LALR}(1) parser needs to extend its stacks. If defined to 0,
9479 the parser will use @code{malloc} to extend its stacks. If defined to
9480 1, the parser will use @code{alloca}. Values other than 0 and 1 are
9481 reserved for future Bison extensions. If not defined,
9482 @code{YYSTACK_USE_ALLOCA} defaults to 0.
9483
9484 In the all-too-common case where your code may run on a host with a
9485 limited stack and with unreliable stack-overflow checking, you should
9486 set @code{YYMAXDEPTH} to a value that cannot possibly result in
9487 unchecked stack overflow on any of your target hosts when
9488 @code{alloca} is called. You can inspect the code that Bison
9489 generates in order to determine the proper numeric values. This will
9490 require some expertise in low-level implementation details.
9491 @end deffn
9492
9493 @deffn {Type} YYSTYPE
9494 Data type of semantic values; @code{int} by default.
9495 @xref{Value Type, ,Data Types of Semantic Values}.
9496 @end deffn
9497
9498 @node Glossary
9499 @appendix Glossary
9500 @cindex glossary
9501
9502 @table @asis
9503 @item Backus-Naur Form (@acronym{BNF}; also called ``Backus Normal Form'')
9504 Formal method of specifying context-free grammars originally proposed
9505 by John Backus, and slightly improved by Peter Naur in his 1960-01-02
9506 committee document contributing to what became the Algol 60 report.
9507 @xref{Language and Grammar, ,Languages and Context-Free Grammars}.
9508
9509 @item Context-free grammars
9510 Grammars specified as rules that can be applied regardless of context.
9511 Thus, if there is a rule which says that an integer can be used as an
9512 expression, integers are allowed @emph{anywhere} an expression is
9513 permitted. @xref{Language and Grammar, ,Languages and Context-Free
9514 Grammars}.
9515
9516 @item Dynamic allocation
9517 Allocation of memory that occurs during execution, rather than at
9518 compile time or on entry to a function.
9519
9520 @item Empty string
9521 Analogous to the empty set in set theory, the empty string is a
9522 character string of length zero.
9523
9524 @item Finite-state stack machine
9525 A ``machine'' that has discrete states in which it is said to exist at
9526 each instant in time. As input to the machine is processed, the
9527 machine moves from state to state as specified by the logic of the
9528 machine. In the case of the parser, the input is the language being
9529 parsed, and the states correspond to various stages in the grammar
9530 rules. @xref{Algorithm, ,The Bison Parser Algorithm}.
9531
9532 @item Generalized @acronym{LR} (@acronym{GLR})
9533 A parsing algorithm that can handle all context-free grammars, including those
9534 that are not @acronym{LALR}(1). It resolves situations that Bison's
9535 usual @acronym{LALR}(1)
9536 algorithm cannot by effectively splitting off multiple parsers, trying all
9537 possible parsers, and discarding those that fail in the light of additional
9538 right context. @xref{Generalized LR Parsing, ,Generalized
9539 @acronym{LR} Parsing}.
9540
9541 @item Grouping
9542 A language construct that is (in general) grammatically divisible;
9543 for example, `expression' or `declaration' in C@.
9544 @xref{Language and Grammar, ,Languages and Context-Free Grammars}.
9545
9546 @item Infix operator
9547 An arithmetic operator that is placed between the operands on which it
9548 performs some operation.
9549
9550 @item Input stream
9551 A continuous flow of data between devices or programs.
9552
9553 @item Language construct
9554 One of the typical usage schemas of the language. For example, one of
9555 the constructs of the C language is the @code{if} statement.
9556 @xref{Language and Grammar, ,Languages and Context-Free Grammars}.
9557
9558 @item Left associativity
9559 Operators having left associativity are analyzed from left to right:
9560 @samp{a+b+c} first computes @samp{a+b} and then combines with
9561 @samp{c}. @xref{Precedence, ,Operator Precedence}.
9562
9563 @item Left recursion
9564 A rule whose result symbol is also its first component symbol; for
9565 example, @samp{expseq1 : expseq1 ',' exp;}. @xref{Recursion, ,Recursive
9566 Rules}.
9567
9568 @item Left-to-right parsing
9569 Parsing a sentence of a language by analyzing it token by token from
9570 left to right. @xref{Algorithm, ,The Bison Parser Algorithm}.
9571
9572 @item Lexical analyzer (scanner)
9573 A function that reads an input stream and returns tokens one by one.
9574 @xref{Lexical, ,The Lexical Analyzer Function @code{yylex}}.
9575
9576 @item Lexical tie-in
9577 A flag, set by actions in the grammar rules, which alters the way
9578 tokens are parsed. @xref{Lexical Tie-ins}.
9579
9580 @item Literal string token
9581 A token which consists of two or more fixed characters. @xref{Symbols}.
9582
9583 @item Lookahead token
9584 A token already read but not yet shifted. @xref{Lookahead, ,Lookahead
9585 Tokens}.
9586
9587 @item @acronym{LALR}(1)
9588 The class of context-free grammars that Bison (like most other parser
9589 generators) can handle; a subset of @acronym{LR}(1). @xref{Mystery
9590 Conflicts, ,Mysterious Reduce/Reduce Conflicts}.
9591
9592 @item @acronym{LR}(1)
9593 The class of context-free grammars in which at most one token of
9594 lookahead is needed to disambiguate the parsing of any piece of input.
9595
9596 @item Nonterminal symbol
9597 A grammar symbol standing for a grammatical construct that can
9598 be expressed through rules in terms of smaller constructs; in other
9599 words, a construct that is not a token. @xref{Symbols}.
9600
9601 @item Parser
9602 A function that recognizes valid sentences of a language by analyzing
9603 the syntax structure of a set of tokens passed to it from a lexical
9604 analyzer.
9605
9606 @item Postfix operator
9607 An arithmetic operator that is placed after the operands upon which it
9608 performs some operation.
9609
9610 @item Reduction
9611 Replacing a string of nonterminals and/or terminals with a single
9612 nonterminal, according to a grammar rule. @xref{Algorithm, ,The Bison
9613 Parser Algorithm}.
9614
9615 @item Reentrant
9616 A reentrant subprogram is a subprogram which can be in invoked any
9617 number of times in parallel, without interference between the various
9618 invocations. @xref{Pure Decl, ,A Pure (Reentrant) Parser}.
9619
9620 @item Reverse polish notation
9621 A language in which all operators are postfix operators.
9622
9623 @item Right recursion
9624 A rule whose result symbol is also its last component symbol; for
9625 example, @samp{expseq1: exp ',' expseq1;}. @xref{Recursion, ,Recursive
9626 Rules}.
9627
9628 @item Semantics
9629 In computer languages, the semantics are specified by the actions
9630 taken for each instance of the language, i.e., the meaning of
9631 each statement. @xref{Semantics, ,Defining Language Semantics}.
9632
9633 @item Shift
9634 A parser is said to shift when it makes the choice of analyzing
9635 further input from the stream rather than reducing immediately some
9636 already-recognized rule. @xref{Algorithm, ,The Bison Parser Algorithm}.
9637
9638 @item Single-character literal
9639 A single character that is recognized and interpreted as is.
9640 @xref{Grammar in Bison, ,From Formal Rules to Bison Input}.
9641
9642 @item Start symbol
9643 The nonterminal symbol that stands for a complete valid utterance in
9644 the language being parsed. The start symbol is usually listed as the
9645 first nonterminal symbol in a language specification.
9646 @xref{Start Decl, ,The Start-Symbol}.
9647
9648 @item Symbol table
9649 A data structure where symbol names and associated data are stored
9650 during parsing to allow for recognition and use of existing
9651 information in repeated uses of a symbol. @xref{Multi-function Calc}.
9652
9653 @item Syntax error
9654 An error encountered during parsing of an input stream due to invalid
9655 syntax. @xref{Error Recovery}.
9656
9657 @item Token
9658 A basic, grammatically indivisible unit of a language. The symbol
9659 that describes a token in the grammar is a terminal symbol.
9660 The input of the Bison parser is a stream of tokens which comes from
9661 the lexical analyzer. @xref{Symbols}.
9662
9663 @item Terminal symbol
9664 A grammar symbol that has no rules in the grammar and therefore is
9665 grammatically indivisible. The piece of text it represents is a token.
9666 @xref{Language and Grammar, ,Languages and Context-Free Grammars}.
9667 @end table
9668
9669 @node Copying This Manual
9670 @appendix Copying This Manual
9671
9672 @menu
9673 * GNU Free Documentation License:: License for copying this manual.
9674 @end menu
9675
9676 @include fdl.texi
9677
9678 @node Index
9679 @unnumbered Index
9680
9681 @printindex cp
9682
9683 @bye
9684
9685 @c LocalWords: texinfo setfilename settitle setchapternewpage finalout
9686 @c LocalWords: ifinfo smallbook shorttitlepage titlepage GPL FIXME iftex
9687 @c LocalWords: akim fn cp syncodeindex vr tp synindex dircategory direntry
9688 @c LocalWords: ifset vskip pt filll insertcopying sp ISBN Etienne Suvasa
9689 @c LocalWords: ifnottex yyparse detailmenu GLR RPN Calc var Decls Rpcalc
9690 @c LocalWords: rpcalc Lexer Gen Comp Expr ltcalc mfcalc Decl Symtab yylex
9691 @c LocalWords: yyerror pxref LR yylval cindex dfn LALR samp gpl BNF xref
9692 @c LocalWords: const int paren ifnotinfo AC noindent emph expr stmt findex
9693 @c LocalWords: glr YYSTYPE TYPENAME prog dprec printf decl init stmtMerge
9694 @c LocalWords: pre STDC GNUC endif yy YY alloca lf stddef stdlib YYDEBUG
9695 @c LocalWords: NUM exp subsubsection kbd Ctrl ctype EOF getchar isdigit
9696 @c LocalWords: ungetc stdin scanf sc calc ulator ls lm cc NEG prec yyerrok
9697 @c LocalWords: longjmp fprintf stderr yylloc YYLTYPE cos ln
9698 @c LocalWords: smallexample symrec val tptr FNCT fnctptr func struct sym
9699 @c LocalWords: fnct putsym getsym fname arith fncts atan ptr malloc sizeof
9700 @c LocalWords: strlen strcpy fctn strcmp isalpha symbuf realloc isalnum
9701 @c LocalWords: ptypes itype YYPRINT trigraphs yytname expseq vindex dtype
9702 @c LocalWords: Rhs YYRHSLOC LE nonassoc op deffn typeless yynerrs
9703 @c LocalWords: yychar yydebug msg YYNTOKENS YYNNTS YYNRULES YYNSTATES
9704 @c LocalWords: cparse clex deftypefun NE defmac YYACCEPT YYABORT param
9705 @c LocalWords: strncmp intval tindex lvalp locp llocp typealt YYBACKUP
9706 @c LocalWords: YYEMPTY YYEOF YYRECOVERING yyclearin GE def UMINUS maybeword
9707 @c LocalWords: Johnstone Shamsa Sadaf Hussain Tomita TR uref YYMAXDEPTH
9708 @c LocalWords: YYINITDEPTH stmnts ref stmnt initdcl maybeasm notype
9709 @c LocalWords: hexflag STR exdent itemset asis DYYDEBUG YYFPRINTF args
9710 @c LocalWords: infile ypp yxx outfile itemx tex leaderfill
9711 @c LocalWords: hbox hss hfill tt ly yyin fopen fclose ofirst gcc ll
9712 @c LocalWords: nbar yytext fst snd osplit ntwo strdup AST
9713 @c LocalWords: YYSTACK DVI fdl printindex